summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorQt by Nokia <[email protected]>2011-04-27 12:05:43 +0200
committeraxis <[email protected]>2011-04-27 12:05:43 +0200
commit38be0d13830efd2d98281c645c3a60afe05ffece (patch)
tree6ea73f3ec77f7d153333779883e8120f82820abe /src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp
Initial import from the monolithic Qt.
This is the beginning of revision history for this module. If you want to look at revision history older than this, please refer to the Qt Git wiki for how to use Git history grafting. At the time of writing, this wiki is located here: http://qt.gitorious.org/qt/pages/GitIntroductionWithQt If you have already performed the grafting and you don't see any history beyond this commit, try running "git log" with the "--follow" argument. Branched from the monolithic repo, Qt master branch, at commit 896db169ea224deb96c59ce8af800d019de63f12
Diffstat (limited to 'src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp')
-rw-r--r--src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp12679
1 files changed, 12679 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..57052147624
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,12679 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation ([email protected])
+**
+** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at [email protected].
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qapplication_p.h"
+#include "qbrush.h"
+#include "qcursor.h"
+#include "qdesktopwidget.h"
+#include "qevent.h"
+#include "qhash.h"
+#include "qlayout.h"
+#include "qmenu.h"
+#include "qmetaobject.h"
+#include "qpixmap.h"
+#include "qpointer.h"
+#include "qstack.h"
+#include "qstyle.h"
+#include "qstylefactory.h"
+#include "qvariant.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qstyleoption.h"
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+# include "qaccessible.h"
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+# include "qt_windows.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+# include "qt_mac_p.h"
+# include "qt_cocoa_helpers_mac_p.h"
+# include "qmainwindow.h"
+# include "qtoolbar.h"
+# include <private/qmainwindowlayout_p.h>
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+# include "qwsdisplay_qws.h"
+# include "qwsmanager_qws.h"
+# include "qpaintengine.h" // for PorterDuff
+# include "private/qwindowsurface_qws_p.h"
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_QPA)
+#include "qplatformwindow_qpa.h"
+#endif
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qtooltip.h"
+#include "qwhatsthis.h"
+#include "qdebug.h"
+#include "private/qstylesheetstyle_p.h"
+#include "private/qstyle_p.h"
+#include "private/qinputcontext_p.h"
+#include "qfileinfo.h"
+#include "private/qsoftkeymanager_p.h"
+
+#if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
+# include <private/qwininputcontext_p.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+# include <private/qpaintengine_x11_p.h>
+# include "qx11info_x11.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <private/qgraphicseffect_p.h>
+#include <private/qwindowsurface_p.h>
+#include <private/qbackingstore_p.h>
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+# include <private/qpaintengine_mac_p.h>
+#endif
+#include <private/qpaintengine_raster_p.h>
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+#include "private/qt_s60_p.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "qwidget_p.h"
+#include "qaction_p.h"
+#include "qlayout_p.h"
+#include "QtGui/qgraphicsproxywidget.h"
+#include "QtGui/qgraphicsscene.h"
+#include "private/qgraphicsproxywidget_p.h"
+#include "QtGui/qabstractscrollarea.h"
+#include "private/qabstractscrollarea_p.h"
+#include "private/qevent_p.h"
+
+#include "private/qgraphicssystem_p.h"
+#include "private/qgesturemanager_p.h"
+
+#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
+#include "qtabwidget.h" // Needed in inTabWidget()
+#endif // QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_S60
+#include <aknappui.h>
+#endif
+
+// widget/widget data creation count
+//#define QWIDGET_EXTRA_DEBUG
+//#define ALIEN_DEBUG
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#if !defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+static bool qt_enable_backingstore = true;
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+// for compatibility with Qt 4.0
+Q_GUI_EXPORT void qt_x11_set_global_double_buffer(bool enable)
+{
+ qt_enable_backingstore = enable;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
+bool qt_mac_clearDirtyOnWidgetInsideDrawWidget = false;
+#endif
+
+static inline bool qRectIntersects(const QRect &r1, const QRect &r2)
+{
+ return (qMax(r1.left(), r2.left()) <= qMin(r1.right(), r2.right()) &&
+ qMax(r1.top(), r2.top()) <= qMin(r1.bottom(), r2.bottom()));
+}
+
+static inline bool hasBackingStoreSupport()
+{
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ return QApplicationPrivate::graphicsSystem() != 0;
+#else
+ return true;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+# define QT_NO_PAINT_DEBUG
+#endif
+
+extern bool qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(QObject*, QEvent*); // qapplication.cpp
+extern QDesktopWidget *qt_desktopWidget; // qapplication.cpp
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+ \class QWidgetBackingStoreTracker
+ \brief Class which allows tracking of which widgets are using a given backing store
+
+ QWidgetBackingStoreTracker is a thin wrapper around a QWidgetBackingStore pointer,
+ which maintains a list of the QWidgets which are currently using the backing
+ store. This list is modified via the registerWidget and unregisterWidget functions.
+ */
+
+QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::QWidgetBackingStoreTracker()
+ : m_ptr(0)
+{
+
+}
+
+QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::~QWidgetBackingStoreTracker()
+{
+ delete m_ptr;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+ Destroy the contained QWidgetBackingStore, if not null, and clear the list of
+ widgets using the backing store, then create a new QWidgetBackingStore, providing
+ the QWidget.
+ */
+void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::create(QWidget *widget)
+{
+ destroy();
+ m_ptr = new QWidgetBackingStore(widget);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+ Destroy the contained QWidgetBackingStore, if not null, and clear the list of
+ widgets using the backing store.
+ */
+void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::destroy()
+{
+ delete m_ptr;
+ m_ptr = 0;
+ m_widgets.clear();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+ Add the widget to the list of widgets currently using the backing store.
+ If the widget was already in the list, this function is a no-op.
+ */
+void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::registerWidget(QWidget *w)
+{
+ Q_ASSERT(m_ptr);
+ Q_ASSERT(w->internalWinId());
+ Q_ASSERT(qt_widget_private(w)->maybeBackingStore() == m_ptr);
+ m_widgets.insert(w);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+ Remove the widget from the list of widgets currently using the backing store.
+ If the widget was in the list, and removing it causes the list to be empty,
+ the backing store is deleted.
+ If the widget was not in the list, this function is a no-op.
+ */
+void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::unregisterWidget(QWidget *w)
+{
+ if (m_widgets.remove(w) && m_widgets.isEmpty()) {
+ delete m_ptr;
+ m_ptr = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+ Recursively remove widget and all of its descendents.
+ */
+void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::unregisterWidgetSubtree(QWidget *widget)
+{
+ unregisterWidget(widget);
+ foreach (QObject *child, widget->children())
+ if (QWidget *childWidget = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(child))
+ unregisterWidgetSubtree(childWidget);
+}
+
+QWidgetPrivate::QWidgetPrivate(int version)
+ : QObjectPrivate(version)
+ , extra(0)
+ , focus_next(0)
+ , focus_prev(0)
+ , focus_child(0)
+ , layout(0)
+ , needsFlush(0)
+ , redirectDev(0)
+ , widgetItem(0)
+ , extraPaintEngine(0)
+ , polished(0)
+ , graphicsEffect(0)
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM)
+ , imHints(Qt::ImhNone)
+#endif
+ , inheritedFontResolveMask(0)
+ , inheritedPaletteResolveMask(0)
+ , leftmargin(0)
+ , topmargin(0)
+ , rightmargin(0)
+ , bottommargin(0)
+ , leftLayoutItemMargin(0)
+ , topLayoutItemMargin(0)
+ , rightLayoutItemMargin(0)
+ , bottomLayoutItemMargin(0)
+ , hd(0)
+ , size_policy(QSizePolicy::Preferred, QSizePolicy::Preferred)
+ , fg_role(QPalette::NoRole)
+ , bg_role(QPalette::NoRole)
+ , dirtyOpaqueChildren(1)
+ , isOpaque(0)
+ , inDirtyList(0)
+ , isScrolled(0)
+ , isMoved(0)
+ , isGLWidget(0)
+ , usesDoubleBufferedGLContext(0)
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ , inheritsInputMethodHints(0)
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ , picture(0)
+#elif defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+ , noPaintOnScreen(0)
+ #ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+ , nativeGesturePanEnabled(0)
+ #endif
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+ , needWindowChange(0)
+ , window_event(0)
+ , qd_hd(0)
+#elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+ , symbianScreenNumber(0)
+ , fixNativeOrientationCalled(false)
+#endif
+{
+ if (!qApp) {
+ qFatal("QWidget: Must construct a QApplication before a QPaintDevice");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (version != QObjectPrivateVersion)
+ qFatal("Cannot mix incompatible Qt libraries");
+
+ isWidget = true;
+ memset(high_attributes, 0, sizeof(high_attributes));
+#if QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ drawRectOriginalAdded = false;
+ originalDrawMethod = true;
+ changeMethods = false;
+ isInUnifiedToolbar = false;
+ unifiedSurface = 0;
+ toolbar_ancestor = 0;
+ flushRequested = false;
+ touchEventsEnabled = false;
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+#ifdef QWIDGET_EXTRA_DEBUG
+ static int count = 0;
+ qDebug() << "widgets" << ++count;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+QWidgetPrivate::~QWidgetPrivate()
+{
+ if (widgetItem)
+ widgetItem->wid = 0;
+
+ if (extra)
+ deleteExtra();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+ delete graphicsEffect;
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+}
+
+class QDummyWindowSurface : public QWindowSurface
+{
+public:
+ QDummyWindowSurface(QWidget *window) : QWindowSurface(window) {}
+ QPaintDevice *paintDevice() { return window(); }
+ void flush(QWidget *, const QRegion &, const QPoint &) {}
+};
+
+QWindowSurface *QWidgetPrivate::createDefaultWindowSurface()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ QWindowSurface *surface;
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+ if (q->property("_q_DummyWindowSurface").toBool()) {
+ surface = new QDummyWindowSurface(q);
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
+ if (QApplicationPrivate::graphicsSystem())
+ surface = QApplicationPrivate::graphicsSystem()->createWindowSurface(q);
+ else
+ surface = createDefaultWindowSurface_sys();
+ }
+
+ return surface;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+*/
+void QWidgetPrivate::scrollChildren(int dx, int dy)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (q->children().size() > 0) { // scroll children
+ QPoint pd(dx, dy);
+ QObjectList childObjects = q->children();
+ for (int i = 0; i < childObjects.size(); ++i) { // move all children
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(childObjects.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->isWindow()) {
+ QPoint oldp = w->pos();
+ QRect r(w->pos() + pd, w->size());
+ w->data->crect = r;
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS
+ if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ w->d_func()->setWSGeometry();
+#endif
+ w->d_func()->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+ QMoveEvent e(r.topLeft(), oldp);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(w, &e);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+QInputContext *QWidgetPrivate::assignedInputContext() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ const QWidget *widget = q_func();
+ while (widget) {
+ if (QInputContext *qic = widget->d_func()->ic)
+ return qic;
+ widget = widget->parentWidget();
+ }
+#endif
+ return 0;
+}
+
+QInputContext *QWidgetPrivate::inputContext() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ if (QInputContext *qic = assignedInputContext())
+ return qic;
+ return qApp->inputContext();
+#else
+ return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ This function returns the QInputContext for this widget. By
+ default the input context is inherited from the widgets
+ parent. For toplevels it is inherited from QApplication.
+
+ You can override this and set a special input context for this
+ widget by using the setInputContext() method.
+
+ \sa setInputContext()
+*/
+QInputContext *QWidget::inputContext()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled))
+ return 0;
+
+ return d->inputContext();
+}
+
+/*!
+ This function sets the input context \a context
+ on this widget.
+
+ Qt takes ownership of the given input \a context.
+
+ \sa inputContext()
+*/
+void QWidget::setInputContext(QInputContext *context)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled))
+ return;
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ if (context == d->ic)
+ return;
+ if (d->ic)
+ delete d->ic;
+ d->ic = context;
+ if (d->ic)
+ d->ic->setParent(this);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \obsolete
+
+ This function can be called on the widget that currently has focus
+ to reset the input method operating on it.
+
+ This function is providing for convenience, instead you should use
+ \l{QInputContext::}{reset()} on the input context that was
+ returned by inputContext().
+
+ \sa QInputContext, inputContext(), QInputContext::reset()
+*/
+void QWidget::resetInputContext()
+{
+ if (!hasFocus())
+ return;
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ QInputContext *qic = this->inputContext();
+ if(qic)
+ qic->reset();
+#endif // QT_NO_IM
+}
+
+#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
+QPointer<QWidget> QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget;
+
+/*!
+ Returns true if this widget currently has edit focus; otherwise false.
+
+ This feature is only available in Qt for Embedded Linux.
+
+ \sa setEditFocus(), QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled()
+*/
+bool QWidget::hasEditFocus() const
+{
+ const QWidget* w = this;
+ while (w->d_func()->extra && w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy)
+ w = w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy;
+ return QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget == w;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setEditFocus(bool enable)
+
+ If \a enable is true, make this widget have edit focus, in which
+ case Qt::Key_Up and Qt::Key_Down will be delivered to the widget
+ normally; otherwise, Qt::Key_Up and Qt::Key_Down are used to
+ change focus.
+
+ This feature is only available in Qt for Embedded Linux and Qt
+ for Symbian.
+
+ \sa hasEditFocus(), QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled()
+*/
+void QWidget::setEditFocus(bool on)
+{
+ QWidget *f = this;
+ while (f->d_func()->extra && f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy)
+ f = f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy;
+
+ if (QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget && QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget != f)
+ QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget->setEditFocus(false);
+
+ if (on && !f->hasFocus())
+ f->setFocus();
+
+ if ((!on && !QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget)
+ || (on && QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget == f)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (!on && QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget == f) {
+ QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget = 0;
+ QEvent event(QEvent::LeaveEditFocus);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(f, &event);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(f->style(), &event);
+ } else if (on) {
+ QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget = f;
+ QEvent event(QEvent::EnterEditFocus);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(f, &event);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(f->style(), &event);
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::autoFillBackground
+ \brief whether the widget background is filled automatically
+ \since 4.1
+
+ If enabled, this property will cause Qt to fill the background of the
+ widget before invoking the paint event. The color used is defined by the
+ QPalette::Window color role from the widget's \l{QPalette}{palette}.
+
+ In addition, Windows are always filled with QPalette::Window, unless the
+ WA_OpaquePaintEvent or WA_NoSystemBackground attributes are set.
+
+ This property cannot be turned off (i.e., set to false) if a widget's
+ parent has a static gradient for its background.
+
+ \warning Use this property with caution in conjunction with
+ \l{Qt Style Sheets}. When a widget has a style sheet with a valid
+ background or a border-image, this property is automatically disabled.
+
+ By default, this property is false.
+
+ \sa Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent, Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground,
+ {QWidget#Transparency and Double Buffering}{Transparency and Double Buffering}
+*/
+bool QWidget::autoFillBackground() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->extra && d->extra->autoFillBackground;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setAutoFillBackground(bool enabled)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!d->extra)
+ d->createExtra();
+ if (d->extra->autoFillBackground == enabled)
+ return;
+
+ d->extra->autoFillBackground = enabled;
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+ update();
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \class QWidget
+ \brief The QWidget class is the base class of all user interface objects.
+
+ \ingroup basicwidgets
+
+ The widget is the atom of the user interface: it receives mouse, keyboard
+ and other events from the window system, and paints a representation of
+ itself on the screen. Every widget is rectangular, and they are sorted in a
+ Z-order. A widget is clipped by its parent and by the widgets in front of
+ it.
+
+ A widget that is not embedded in a parent widget is called a window.
+ Usually, windows have a frame and a title bar, although it is also possible
+ to create windows without such decoration using suitable
+ \l{Qt::WindowFlags}{window flags}). In Qt, QMainWindow and the various
+ subclasses of QDialog are the most common window types.
+
+ Every widget's constructor accepts one or two standard arguments:
+
+ \list 1
+ \i \c{QWidget *parent = 0} is the parent of the new widget. If it is 0
+ (the default), the new widget will be a window. If not, it will be
+ a child of \e parent, and be constrained by \e parent's geometry
+ (unless you specify Qt::Window as window flag).
+ \i \c{Qt::WindowFlags f = 0} (where available) sets the window flags;
+ the default is suitable for almost all widgets, but to get, for
+ example, a window without a window system frame, you must use
+ special flags.
+ \endlist
+
+ QWidget has many member functions, but some of them have little direct
+ functionality; for example, QWidget has a font property, but never uses
+ this itself. There are many subclasses which provide real functionality,
+ such as QLabel, QPushButton, QListWidget, and QTabWidget.
+
+
+ \section1 Top-Level and Child Widgets
+
+ A widget without a parent widget is always an independent window (top-level
+ widget). For these widgets, setWindowTitle() and setWindowIcon() set the
+ title bar and icon respectively.
+
+ Non-window widgets are child widgets, displayed within their parent
+ widgets. Most widgets in Qt are mainly useful as child widgets. For
+ example, it is possible to display a button as a top-level window, but most
+ people prefer to put their buttons inside other widgets, such as QDialog.
+
+ \image parent-child-widgets.png A parent widget containing various child widgets.
+
+ The diagram above shows a QGroupBox widget being used to hold various child
+ widgets in a layout provided by QGridLayout. The QLabel child widgets have
+ been outlined to indicate their full sizes.
+
+ If you want to use a QWidget to hold child widgets you will usually want to
+ add a layout to the parent QWidget. See \l{Layout Management} for more
+ information.
+
+
+ \section1 Composite Widgets
+
+ When a widget is used as a container to group a number of child widgets, it
+ is known as a composite widget. These can be created by constructing a
+ widget with the required visual properties - a QFrame, for example - and
+ adding child widgets to it, usually managed by a layout. The above diagram
+ shows such a composite widget that was created using \l{Qt Designer}.
+
+ Composite widgets can also be created by subclassing a standard widget,
+ such as QWidget or QFrame, and adding the necessary layout and child
+ widgets in the constructor of the subclass. Many of the \l{Qt Examples}
+ {examples provided with Qt} use this approach, and it is also covered in
+ the Qt \l{Tutorials}.
+
+
+ \section1 Custom Widgets and Painting
+
+ Since QWidget is a subclass of QPaintDevice, subclasses can be used to
+ display custom content that is composed using a series of painting
+ operations with an instance of the QPainter class. This approach contrasts
+ with the canvas-style approach used by the \l{Graphics View}
+ {Graphics View Framework} where items are added to a scene by the
+ application and are rendered by the framework itself.
+
+ Each widget performs all painting operations from within its paintEvent()
+ function. This is called whenever the widget needs to be redrawn, either
+ as a result of some external change or when requested by the application.
+
+ The \l{widgets/analogclock}{Analog Clock example} shows how a simple widget
+ can handle paint events.
+
+
+ \section1 Size Hints and Size Policies
+
+ When implementing a new widget, it is almost always useful to reimplement
+ sizeHint() to provide a reasonable default size for the widget and to set
+ the correct size policy with setSizePolicy().
+
+ By default, composite widgets which do not provide a size hint will be
+ sized according to the space requirements of their child widgets.
+
+ The size policy lets you supply good default behavior for the layout
+ management system, so that other widgets can contain and manage yours
+ easily. The default size policy indicates that the size hint represents
+ the preferred size of the widget, and this is often good enough for many
+ widgets.
+
+ \note The size of top-level widgets are constrained to 2/3 of the desktop's
+ height and width. You can resize() the widget manually if these bounds are
+ inadequate.
+
+
+ \section1 Events
+
+ Widgets respond to events that are typically caused by user actions. Qt
+ delivers events to widgets by calling specific event handler functions with
+ instances of QEvent subclasses containing information about each event.
+
+ If your widget only contains child widgets, you probably do not need to
+ implement any event handlers. If you want to detect a mouse click in a
+ child widget call the child's underMouse() function inside the widget's
+ mousePressEvent().
+
+ The \l{widgets/scribble}{Scribble example} implements a wider set of
+ events to handle mouse movement, button presses, and window resizing.
+
+ You will need to supply the behavior and content for your own widgets, but
+ here is a brief overview of the events that are relevant to QWidget,
+ starting with the most common ones:
+
+ \list
+ \i paintEvent() is called whenever the widget needs to be repainted.
+ Every widget displaying custom content must implement it. Painting
+ using a QPainter can only take place in a paintEvent() or a
+ function called by a paintEvent().
+ \i resizeEvent() is called when the widget has been resized.
+ \i mousePressEvent() is called when a mouse button is pressed while
+ the mouse cursor is inside the widget, or when the widget has
+ grabbed the mouse using grabMouse(). Pressing the mouse without
+ releasing it is effectively the same as calling grabMouse().
+ \i mouseReleaseEvent() is called when a mouse button is released. A
+ widget receives mouse release events when it has received the
+ corresponding mouse press event. This means that if the user
+ presses the mouse inside \e your widget, then drags the mouse
+ somewhere else before releasing the mouse button, \e your widget
+ receives the release event. There is one exception: if a popup menu
+ appears while the mouse button is held down, this popup immediately
+ steals the mouse events.
+ \i mouseDoubleClickEvent() is called when the user double-clicks in
+ the widget. If the user double-clicks, the widget receives a mouse
+ press event, a mouse release event and finally this event instead
+ of a second mouse press event. (Some mouse move events may also be
+ received if the mouse is not held steady during this operation.) It
+ is \e{not possible} to distinguish a click from a double-click
+ until the second click arrives. (This is one reason why most GUI
+ books recommend that double-clicks be an extension of
+ single-clicks, rather than trigger a different action.)
+ \endlist
+
+ Widgets that accept keyboard input need to reimplement a few more event
+ handlers:
+
+ \list
+ \i keyPressEvent() is called whenever a key is pressed, and again when
+ a key has been held down long enough for it to auto-repeat. The
+ \key Tab and \key Shift+Tab keys are only passed to the widget if
+ they are not used by the focus-change mechanisms. To force those
+ keys to be processed by your widget, you must reimplement
+ QWidget::event().
+ \i focusInEvent() is called when the widget gains keyboard focus
+ (assuming you have called setFocusPolicy()). Well-behaved widgets
+ indicate that they own the keyboard focus in a clear but discreet
+ way.
+ \i focusOutEvent() is called when the widget loses keyboard focus.
+ \endlist
+
+ You may be required to also reimplement some of the less common event
+ handlers:
+
+ \list
+ \i mouseMoveEvent() is called whenever the mouse moves while a mouse
+ button is held down. This can be useful during drag and drop
+ operations. If you call \l{setMouseTracking()}{setMouseTracking}(true),
+ you get mouse move events even when no buttons are held down.
+ (See also the \l{Drag and Drop} guide.)
+ \i keyReleaseEvent() is called whenever a key is released and while it
+ is held down (if the key is auto-repeating). In that case, the
+ widget will receive a pair of key release and key press event for
+ every repeat. The \key Tab and \key Shift+Tab keys are only passed
+ to the widget if they are not used by the focus-change mechanisms.
+ To force those keys to be processed by your widget, you must
+ reimplement QWidget::event().
+ \i wheelEvent() is called whenever the user turns the mouse wheel
+ while the widget has the focus.
+ \i enterEvent() is called when the mouse enters the widget's screen
+ space. (This excludes screen space owned by any of the widget's
+ children.)
+ \i leaveEvent() is called when the mouse leaves the widget's screen
+ space. If the mouse enters a child widget it will not cause a
+ leaveEvent().
+ \i moveEvent() is called when the widget has been moved relative to
+ its parent.
+ \i closeEvent() is called when the user closes the widget (or when
+ close() is called).
+ \endlist
+
+ There are also some rather obscure events described in the documentation
+ for QEvent::Type. To handle these events, you need to reimplement event()
+ directly.
+
+ The default implementation of event() handles \key Tab and \key Shift+Tab
+ (to move the keyboard focus), and passes on most of the other events to
+ one of the more specialized handlers above.
+
+ Events and the mechanism used to deliver them are covered in
+ \l{The Event System}.
+
+ \section1 Groups of Functions and Properties
+
+ \table
+ \header \i Context \i Functions and Properties
+
+ \row \i Window functions \i
+ show(),
+ hide(),
+ raise(),
+ lower(),
+ close().
+
+ \row \i Top-level windows \i
+ \l windowModified, \l windowTitle, \l windowIcon, \l windowIconText,
+ \l isActiveWindow, activateWindow(), \l minimized, showMinimized(),
+ \l maximized, showMaximized(), \l fullScreen, showFullScreen(),
+ showNormal().
+
+ \row \i Window contents \i
+ update(),
+ repaint(),
+ scroll().
+
+ \row \i Geometry \i
+ \l pos, x(), y(), \l rect, \l size, width(), height(), move(), resize(),
+ \l sizePolicy, sizeHint(), minimumSizeHint(),
+ updateGeometry(), layout(),
+ \l frameGeometry, \l geometry, \l childrenRect, \l childrenRegion,
+ adjustSize(),
+ mapFromGlobal(), mapToGlobal(),
+ mapFromParent(), mapToParent(),
+ \l maximumSize, \l minimumSize, \l sizeIncrement,
+ \l baseSize, setFixedSize()
+
+ \row \i Mode \i
+ \l visible, isVisibleTo(),
+ \l enabled, isEnabledTo(),
+ \l modal,
+ isWindow(),
+ \l mouseTracking,
+ \l updatesEnabled,
+ visibleRegion().
+
+ \row \i Look and feel \i
+ style(),
+ setStyle(),
+ \l styleSheet,
+ \l cursor,
+ \l font,
+ \l palette,
+ backgroundRole(), setBackgroundRole(),
+ fontInfo(), fontMetrics().
+
+ \row \i Keyboard focus functions \i
+ \l focus, \l focusPolicy,
+ setFocus(), clearFocus(), setTabOrder(), setFocusProxy(),
+ focusNextChild(), focusPreviousChild().
+
+ \row \i Mouse and keyboard grabbing \i
+ grabMouse(), releaseMouse(),
+ grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard(),
+ mouseGrabber(), keyboardGrabber().
+
+ \row \i Event handlers \i
+ event(),
+ mousePressEvent(),
+ mouseReleaseEvent(),
+ mouseDoubleClickEvent(),
+ mouseMoveEvent(),
+ keyPressEvent(),
+ keyReleaseEvent(),
+ focusInEvent(),
+ focusOutEvent(),
+ wheelEvent(),
+ enterEvent(),
+ leaveEvent(),
+ paintEvent(),
+ moveEvent(),
+ resizeEvent(),
+ closeEvent(),
+ dragEnterEvent(),
+ dragMoveEvent(),
+ dragLeaveEvent(),
+ dropEvent(),
+ childEvent(),
+ showEvent(),
+ hideEvent(),
+ customEvent().
+ changeEvent(),
+
+ \row \i System functions \i
+ parentWidget(), window(), setParent(), winId(),
+ find(), metric().
+
+ \row \i Interactive help \i
+ setToolTip(), setWhatsThis()
+
+ \endtable
+
+
+ \section1 Widget Style Sheets
+
+ In addition to the standard widget styles for each platform, widgets can
+ also be styled according to rules specified in a \l{styleSheet}
+ {style sheet}. This feature enables you to customize the appearance of
+ specific widgets to provide visual cues to users about their purpose. For
+ example, a button could be styled in a particular way to indicate that it
+ performs a destructive action.
+
+ The use of widget style sheets is described in more detail in the
+ \l{Qt Style Sheets} document.
+
+
+ \section1 Transparency and Double Buffering
+
+ Since Qt 4.0, QWidget automatically double-buffers its painting, so there
+ is no need to write double-buffering code in paintEvent() to avoid
+ flicker.
+
+ Since Qt 4.1, the Qt::WA_ContentsPropagated widget attribute has been
+ deprecated. Instead, the contents of parent widgets are propagated by
+ default to each of their children as long as Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen is not
+ set. Custom widgets can be written to take advantage of this feature by
+ updating irregular regions (to create non-rectangular child widgets), or
+ painting with colors that have less than full alpha component. The
+ following diagram shows how attributes and properties of a custom widget
+ can be fine-tuned to achieve different effects.
+
+ \image propagation-custom.png
+
+ In the above diagram, a semi-transparent rectangular child widget with an
+ area removed is constructed and added to a parent widget (a QLabel showing
+ a pixmap). Then, different properties and widget attributes are set to
+ achieve different effects:
+
+ \list
+ \i The left widget has no additional properties or widget attributes
+ set. This default state suits most custom widgets using
+ transparency, are irregularly-shaped, or do not paint over their
+ entire area with an opaque brush.
+ \i The center widget has the \l autoFillBackground property set. This
+ property is used with custom widgets that rely on the widget to
+ supply a default background, and do not paint over their entire
+ area with an opaque brush.
+ \i The right widget has the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent widget attribute
+ set. This indicates that the widget will paint over its entire area
+ with opaque colors. The widget's area will initially be
+ \e{uninitialized}, represented in the diagram with a red diagonal
+ grid pattern that shines through the overpainted area. The
+ Qt::WA_OpaquePaintArea attribute is useful for widgets that need to
+ paint their own specialized contents quickly and do not need a
+ default filled background.
+ \endlist
+
+ To rapidly update custom widgets with simple background colors, such as
+ real-time plotting or graphing widgets, it is better to define a suitable
+ background color (using setBackgroundRole() with the
+ QPalette::Window role), set the \l autoFillBackground property, and only
+ implement the necessary drawing functionality in the widget's paintEvent().
+
+ To rapidly update custom widgets that constantly paint over their entire
+ areas with opaque content, e.g., video streaming widgets, it is better to
+ set the widget's Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent, avoiding any unnecessary overhead
+ associated with repainting the widget's background.
+
+ If a widget has both the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent widget attribute \e{and}
+ the \l autoFillBackground property set, the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent
+ attribute takes precedence. Depending on your requirements, you should
+ choose either one of them.
+
+ Since Qt 4.1, the contents of parent widgets are also propagated to
+ standard Qt widgets. This can lead to some unexpected results if the
+ parent widget is decorated in a non-standard way, as shown in the diagram
+ below.
+
+ \image propagation-standard.png
+
+ The scope for customizing the painting behavior of standard Qt widgets,
+ without resorting to subclassing, is slightly less than that possible for
+ custom widgets. Usually, the desired appearance of a standard widget can be
+ achieved by setting its \l autoFillBackground property.
+
+
+ \section1 Creating Translucent Windows
+
+ Since Qt 4.5, it has been possible to create windows with translucent regions
+ on window systems that support compositing.
+
+ To enable this feature in a top-level widget, set its Qt::WA_TranslucentBackground
+ attribute with setAttribute() and ensure that its background is painted with
+ non-opaque colors in the regions you want to be partially transparent.
+
+ Platform notes:
+
+ \list
+ \o X11: This feature relies on the use of an X server that supports ARGB visuals
+ and a compositing window manager.
+ \o Windows: The widget needs to have the Qt::FramelessWindowHint window flag set
+ for the translucency to work.
+ \endlist
+
+
+ \section1 Native Widgets vs Alien Widgets
+
+ Introduced in Qt 4.4, alien widgets are widgets unknown to the windowing
+ system. They do not have a native window handle associated with them. This
+ feature significantly speeds up widget painting, resizing, and removes flicker.
+
+ Should you require the old behavior with native windows, you can choose
+ one of the following options:
+
+ \list 1
+ \i Use the \c{QT_USE_NATIVE_WINDOWS=1} in your environment.
+ \i Set the Qt::AA_NativeWindows attribute on your application. All
+ widgets will be native widgets.
+ \i Set the Qt::WA_NativeWindow attribute on widgets: The widget itself
+ and all of its ancestors will become native (unless
+ Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors is set).
+ \i Call QWidget::winId to enforce a native window (this implies 3).
+ \i Set the Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen attribute to enforce a native window
+ (this implies 3).
+ \endlist
+
+ \sa QEvent, QPainter, QGridLayout, QBoxLayout
+
+ \section1 Softkeys
+
+ Since Qt 4.6, Softkeys are usually physical keys on a device that have a corresponding label or
+ other visual representation on the screen that is generally located next to its
+ physical counterpart. They are most often found on mobile phone platforms. In
+ modern touch based user interfaces it is also possible to have softkeys that do
+ not correspond to any physical keys. Softkeys differ from other onscreen labels
+ in that they are contextual.
+
+ In Qt, contextual softkeys are added to a widget by calling addAction() and
+ passing a \c QAction with a softkey role set on it. When the widget
+ containing the softkey actions has focus, its softkeys should appear in
+ the user interface. Softkeys are discovered by traversing the widget
+ hierarchy so it is possible to define a single set of softkeys that are
+ present at all times by calling addAction() for a given top level widget.
+
+ On some platforms, this concept overlaps with \c QMenuBar such that if no
+ other softkeys are found and the top level widget is a QMainWindow containing
+ a QMenuBar, the menubar actions may appear on one of the softkeys.
+
+ Note: Currently softkeys are only supported on the Symbian Platform.
+
+ \sa addAction(), QAction, QMenuBar
+
+*/
+
+QWidgetMapper *QWidgetPrivate::mapper = 0; // widget with wid
+QWidgetSet *QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets = 0; // widgets with no wid
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ QWidget utility functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+QRegion qt_dirtyRegion(QWidget *widget)
+{
+ if (!widget)
+ return QRegion();
+
+ QWidgetBackingStore *bs = qt_widget_private(widget)->maybeBackingStore();
+ if (!bs)
+ return QRegion();
+
+ return bs->dirtyRegion(widget);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ QWidget member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+ Widget state flags:
+ \list
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_Created The widget has a valid winId().
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_Visible The widget is currently visible.
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_Hidden The widget is hidden, i.e. it won't
+ become visible unless you call show() on it. Qt::WA_WState_Hidden
+ implies !Qt::WA_WState_Visible.
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_CompressKeys Compress keyboard events.
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_BlockUpdates Repaints and updates are disabled.
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent Currently processing a paint event.
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_Reparented The widget has been reparented.
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_ConfigPending A configuration (resize/move) event is pending.
+ \i Qt::WA_WState_DND (Deprecated) The widget supports drag and drop, see setAcceptDrops().
+ \endlist
+*/
+
+struct QWidgetExceptionCleaner
+{
+ /* this cleans up when the constructor throws an exception */
+ static inline void cleanup(QWidget *that, QWidgetPrivate *d)
+ {
+#ifdef QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS
+ Q_UNUSED(that);
+ Q_UNUSED(d);
+#else
+ QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets->remove(that);
+ if (d->focus_next != that) {
+ if (d->focus_next)
+ d->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev = d->focus_prev;
+ if (d->focus_prev)
+ d->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next = d->focus_next;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+};
+
+/*!
+ Constructs a widget which is a child of \a parent, with widget
+ flags set to \a f.
+
+ If \a parent is 0, the new widget becomes a window. If
+ \a parent is another widget, this widget becomes a child window
+ inside \a parent. The new widget is deleted when its \a parent is
+ deleted.
+
+ The widget flags argument, \a f, is normally 0, but it can be set
+ to customize the frame of a window (i.e. \a
+ parent must be 0). To customize the frame, use a value composed
+ from the bitwise OR of any of the \l{Qt::WindowFlags}{window flags}.
+
+ If you add a child widget to an already visible widget you must
+ explicitly show the child to make it visible.
+
+ Note that the X11 version of Qt may not be able to deliver all
+ combinations of style flags on all systems. This is because on
+ X11, Qt can only ask the window manager, and the window manager
+ can override the application's settings. On Windows, Qt can set
+ whatever flags you want.
+
+ \sa windowFlags
+*/
+QWidget::QWidget(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f)
+ : QObject(*new QWidgetPrivate, 0), QPaintDevice()
+{
+ QT_TRY {
+ d_func()->init(parent, f);
+ } QT_CATCH(...) {
+ QWidgetExceptionCleaner::cleanup(this, d_func());
+ QT_RETHROW;
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+ \overload
+ \obsolete
+ */
+QWidget::QWidget(QWidget *parent, const char *name, Qt::WindowFlags f)
+ : QObject(*new QWidgetPrivate, 0), QPaintDevice()
+{
+ QT_TRY {
+ d_func()->init(parent , f);
+ setObjectName(QString::fromAscii(name));
+ } QT_CATCH(...) {
+ QWidgetExceptionCleaner::cleanup(this, d_func());
+ QT_RETHROW;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+QWidget::QWidget(QWidgetPrivate &dd, QWidget* parent, Qt::WindowFlags f)
+ : QObject(dd, 0), QPaintDevice()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ QT_TRY {
+ d->init(parent, f);
+ } QT_CATCH(...) {
+ QWidgetExceptionCleaner::cleanup(this, d_func());
+ QT_RETHROW;
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+*/
+int QWidget::devType() const
+{
+ return QInternal::Widget;
+}
+
+
+//### w is a "this" ptr, passed as a param because QWorkspace needs special logic
+void QWidgetPrivate::adjustFlags(Qt::WindowFlags &flags, QWidget *w)
+{
+ bool customize = (flags & (Qt::CustomizeWindowHint
+ | Qt::FramelessWindowHint
+ | Qt::WindowTitleHint
+ | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint
+ | Qt::WindowMinimizeButtonHint
+ | Qt::WindowMaximizeButtonHint
+ | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint
+ | Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint));
+
+ uint type = (flags & Qt::WindowType_Mask);
+
+ if ((type == Qt::Widget || type == Qt::SubWindow) && w && !w->parent()) {
+ type = Qt::Window;
+ flags |= Qt::Window;
+ }
+
+ if (flags & Qt::CustomizeWindowHint) {
+ // modify window flags to make them consistent.
+ // Only enable this on non-Mac platforms. Since the old way of doing this would
+ // interpret WindowSystemMenuHint as a close button and we can't change that behavior
+ // we can't just add this in.
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ if (flags & (Qt::WindowMinMaxButtonsHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint | Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint)) {
+ flags |= Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint;
+#else
+ if (flags & (Qt::WindowMinMaxButtonsHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint
+ | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint)) {
+#endif
+ flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint;
+ flags &= ~Qt::FramelessWindowHint;
+ }
+ } else if (customize && !(flags & Qt::FramelessWindowHint)) {
+ // if any of the window hints that affect the titlebar are set
+ // and the window is supposed to have frame, we add a titlebar
+ // and system menu by default.
+ flags |= Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint;
+ flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint;
+ }
+ if (customize)
+ ; // don't modify window flags if the user explicitly set them.
+ else if (type == Qt::Dialog || type == Qt::Sheet)
+#ifndef Q_WS_WINCE
+ flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint;
+#else
+ flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint;
+#endif
+ else if (type == Qt::Tool)
+ flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint;
+ else
+ flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | Qt::WindowMinimizeButtonHint | Qt::WindowMaximizeButtonHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint;
+
+
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::init(QWidget *parentWidget, Qt::WindowFlags f)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (QApplication::type() == QApplication::Tty)
+ qFatal("QWidget: Cannot create a QWidget when no GUI is being used");
+
+ Q_ASSERT(allWidgets);
+ if (allWidgets)
+ allWidgets->insert(q);
+
+ QWidget *desktopWidget = 0;
+ if (parentWidget && parentWidget->windowType() == Qt::Desktop) {
+ desktopWidget = parentWidget;
+ parentWidget = 0;
+ }
+
+ q->data = &data;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_THREAD
+ if (!parent) {
+ Q_ASSERT_X(q->thread() == qApp->thread(), "QWidget",
+ "Widgets must be created in the GUI thread.");
+ }
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ if (desktopWidget) {
+ // make sure the widget is created on the same screen as the
+ // programmer specified desktop widget
+ xinfo = desktopWidget->d_func()->xinfo;
+ }
+#elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+ if (desktopWidget) {
+ symbianScreenNumber = qt_widget_private(desktopWidget)->symbianScreenNumber;
+ }
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QPA)
+ if (desktopWidget) {
+ int screen = desktopWidget->d_func()->topData()->screenIndex;
+ QPlatformIntegration *platform = QApplicationPrivate::platformIntegration();
+ platform->moveToScreen(q, screen);
+ }
+#else
+ Q_UNUSED(desktopWidget);
+#endif
+
+ data.fstrut_dirty = true;
+
+ data.winid = 0;
+ data.widget_attributes = 0;
+ data.window_flags = f;
+ data.window_state = 0;
+ data.focus_policy = 0;
+ data.context_menu_policy = Qt::DefaultContextMenu;
+ data.window_modality = Qt::NonModal;
+
+ data.sizehint_forced = 0;
+ data.is_closing = 0;
+ data.in_show = 0;
+ data.in_set_window_state = 0;
+ data.in_destructor = false;
+
+ // Widgets with Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC (typically QGLWidget) must have a window handle.
+ if (f & Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC)
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+
+//#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+// q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+//#endif
+
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose); // might be cleared in adjustQuitOnCloseAttribute()
+ adjustQuitOnCloseAttribute();
+
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden);
+
+ //give potential windows a bigger "pre-initial" size; create_sys() will give them a new size later
+#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
+ if (isGLWidget) {
+ // Don't waste GPU mem for unnecessary large egl surface until resized by application
+ data.crect = QRect(0,0,1,1);
+ } else {
+ data.crect = parentWidget ? QRect(0,0,100,30) : QRect(0,0,360,640);
+ }
+#else
+ data.crect = parentWidget ? QRect(0,0,100,30) : QRect(0,0,640,480);
+#endif
+
+ focus_next = focus_prev = q;
+
+ if ((f & Qt::WindowType_Mask) == Qt::Desktop)
+ q->create();
+ else if (parentWidget)
+ q->setParent(parentWidget, data.window_flags);
+ else {
+ adjustFlags(data.window_flags, q);
+ resolveLayoutDirection();
+ // opaque system background?
+ const QBrush &background = q->palette().brush(QPalette::Window);
+ setOpaque(q->isWindow() && background.style() != Qt::NoBrush && background.isOpaque());
+ }
+ data.fnt = QFont(data.fnt, q);
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ data.fnt.x11SetScreen(xinfo.screen());
+#endif // Q_WS_X11
+
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent);
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent);
+
+ if (++QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter > QWidgetPrivate::maxInstances)
+ QWidgetPrivate::maxInstances = QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter;
+
+ if (QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version < 0x040200
+ || QApplicationPrivate::testAttribute(Qt::AA_ImmediateWidgetCreation))
+ q->create();
+
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::Create);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+ QApplication::postEvent(q, new QEvent(QEvent::PolishRequest));
+
+ extraPaintEngine = 0;
+
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ // If we add a child to the unified toolbar, we have to redirect the painting.
+ if (parentWidget && parentWidget->d_func() && parentWidget->d_func()->isInUnifiedToolbar) {
+ if (parentWidget->d_func()->unifiedSurface) {
+ QWidget *toolbar = parentWidget->d_func()->toolbar_ancestor;
+ parentWidget->d_func()->unifiedSurface->recursiveRedirect(toolbar, toolbar, toolbar->d_func()->toolbar_offset);
+ }
+ }
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+}
+
+
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::createRecursively()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ q->create(0, true, true);
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i));
+ if (child && !child->isHidden() && !child->isWindow() && !child->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ child->d_func()->createRecursively();
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*!
+ Creates a new widget window if \a window is 0, otherwise sets the
+ widget's window to \a window.
+
+ Initializes the window (sets the geometry etc.) if \a
+ initializeWindow is true. If \a initializeWindow is false, no
+ initialization is performed. This parameter only makes sense if \a
+ window is a valid window.
+
+ Destroys the old window if \a destroyOldWindow is true. If \a
+ destroyOldWindow is false, you are responsible for destroying the
+ window yourself (using platform native code).
+
+ The QWidget constructor calls create(0,true,true) to create a
+ window for this widget.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::create(WId window, bool initializeWindow, bool destroyOldWindow)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && window == 0 && internalWinId())
+ return;
+
+ if (d->data.in_destructor)
+ return;
+
+ Qt::WindowType type = windowType();
+ Qt::WindowFlags &flags = data->window_flags;
+
+ if ((type == Qt::Widget || type == Qt::SubWindow) && !parentWidget()) {
+ type = Qt::Window;
+ flags |= Qt::Window;
+ }
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_QPA
+ if (QWidget *parent = parentWidget()) {
+ if (type & Qt::Window) {
+ if (!parent->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ parent->createWinId();
+ } else if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow) && !parent->internalWinId()
+ && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors)) {
+ // We're about to create a native child widget that doesn't have a native parent;
+ // enforce a native handle for the parent unless the Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors
+ // attribute is set.
+ d->createWinId(window);
+ // Nothing more to do.
+ Q_ASSERT(testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created));
+ Q_ASSERT(internalWinId());
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+#endif //Q_WS_QPA
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (flags & Qt::WStaticContents)
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_StaticContents);
+ if (flags & Qt::WDestructiveClose)
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose);
+ if (flags & Qt::WShowModal)
+ setWindowModality(Qt::ApplicationModal);
+ if (flags & Qt::WMouseNoMask)
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_MouseNoMask);
+ if (flags & Qt::WGroupLeader)
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader);
+ if (flags & Qt::WNoMousePropagation)
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation);
+#endif
+
+ static int paintOnScreenEnv = -1;
+ if (paintOnScreenEnv == -1)
+ paintOnScreenEnv = qgetenv("QT_ONSCREEN_PAINT").toInt() > 0 ? 1 : 0;
+ if (paintOnScreenEnv == 1)
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen);
+
+ if (QApplicationPrivate::testAttribute(Qt::AA_NativeWindows))
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+
+#ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
+ qDebug() << "QWidget::create:" << this << "parent:" << parentWidget()
+ << "Alien?" << !testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP)
+ // Unregister the dropsite (if already registered) before we
+ // re-create the widget with a native window.
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && !internalWinId() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow)
+ && d->extra && d->extra->dropTarget) {
+ d->registerDropSite(false);
+ }
+#endif // defined (Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP)
+
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created); // set created flag
+ d->create_sys(window, initializeWindow, destroyOldWindow);
+
+ // a real toplevel window needs a backing store
+ if (isWindow() && windowType() != Qt::Desktop) {
+ d->topData()->backingStore.destroy();
+ if (hasBackingStoreSupport())
+ d->topData()->backingStore.create(this);
+ }
+
+ d->setModal_sys();
+
+ if (!isWindow() && parentWidget() && parentWidget()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered))
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, true);
+
+#ifdef QT_EVAL
+ extern void qt_eval_init_widget(QWidget *w);
+ qt_eval_init_widget(this);
+#endif
+
+ // need to force the resting of the icon after changing parents
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowIcon))
+ d->setWindowIcon_sys(true);
+ if (isWindow() && !d->topData()->iconText.isEmpty())
+ d->setWindowIconText_helper(d->topData()->iconText);
+ if (isWindow() && !d->topData()->caption.isEmpty())
+ d->setWindowTitle_helper(d->topData()->caption);
+ if (windowType() != Qt::Desktop) {
+ d->updateSystemBackground();
+
+ if (isWindow() && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowIcon))
+ d->setWindowIcon_sys();
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ Destroys the widget.
+
+ All this widget's children are deleted first. The application
+ exits if this widget is the main widget.
+*/
+
+QWidget::~QWidget()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->data.in_destructor = true;
+
+#if defined (QT_CHECK_STATE)
+ if (paintingActive())
+ qWarning("QWidget: %s (%s) deleted while being painted", className(), name());
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+ foreach (Qt::GestureType type, d->gestureContext.keys())
+ ungrabGesture(type);
+#endif
+
+ // force acceptDrops false before winId is destroyed.
+ d->registerDropSite(false);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
+ // remove all actions from this widget
+ for (int i = 0; i < d->actions.size(); ++i) {
+ QActionPrivate *apriv = d->actions.at(i)->d_func();
+ apriv->widgets.removeAll(this);
+ }
+ d->actions.clear();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SHORTCUT
+ // Remove all shortcuts grabbed by this
+ // widget, unless application is closing
+ if (!QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing && testAttribute(Qt::WA_GrabbedShortcut))
+ qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.removeShortcut(0, this, QKeySequence());
+#endif
+
+ // delete layout while we still are a valid widget
+ delete d->layout;
+ // Remove myself from focus list
+
+ Q_ASSERT(d->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev == this);
+ Q_ASSERT(d->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next == this);
+
+ if (d->focus_next != this) {
+ d->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev = d->focus_prev;
+ d->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next = d->focus_next;
+ d->focus_next = d->focus_prev = 0;
+ }
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (QApplicationPrivate::main_widget == this) { // reset main widget
+ QApplicationPrivate::main_widget = 0;
+ QApplication::quit();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ QT_TRY {
+ clearFocus();
+ } QT_CATCH(...) {
+ // swallow this problem because we are in a destructor
+ }
+
+ d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+
+ if (isWindow() && isVisible() && internalWinId()) {
+ QT_TRY {
+ d->close_helper(QWidgetPrivate::CloseNoEvent);
+ } QT_CATCH(...) {
+ // if we're out of memory, at least hide the window.
+ QT_TRY {
+ hide();
+ } QT_CATCH(...) {
+ // and if that also doesn't work, then give up
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11)|| defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+ else if (!internalWinId() && isVisible()) {
+ qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(this);
+ }
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_WS_QPA)
+ else if (isVisible()) {
+ qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(this);
+ }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
+ if (d->extra && d->extra->topextra && d->extra->topextra->backingStore) {
+ // Okay, we are about to destroy the top-level window that owns
+ // the backing store. Make sure we delete the backing store right away
+ // before the window handle is invalid. This is important because
+ // the backing store will delete its window surface, which may or may
+ // not have a reference to this widget that will be used later to
+ // notify the window it no longer has a surface.
+ d->extra->topextra->backingStore.destroy();
+ }
+#endif
+ if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore()) {
+ bs->removeDirtyWidget(this);
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_StaticContents))
+ bs->removeStaticWidget(this);
+ }
+
+ delete d->needsFlush;
+ d->needsFlush = 0;
+
+ // set all QPointers for this object to zero
+ if (d->hasGuards)
+ QObjectPrivate::clearGuards(this);
+
+ if (d->declarativeData) {
+ QAbstractDeclarativeData::destroyed(d->declarativeData, this);
+ d->declarativeData = 0; // don't activate again in ~QObject
+ }
+
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ // QCocoaView holds a pointer back to this widget. Clear it now
+ // to make sure it's not followed later on. The lifetime of the
+ // QCocoaView might exceed the lifetime of this widget in cases
+ // where Cocoa itself holds references to it.
+ extern void qt_mac_clearCocoaViewQWidgetPointers(QWidget *);
+ qt_mac_clearCocoaViewQWidgetPointers(this);
+#endif
+
+ if (!d->children.isEmpty())
+ d->deleteChildren();
+
+ QApplication::removePostedEvents(this);
+
+ QT_TRY {
+ destroy(); // platform-dependent cleanup
+ } QT_CATCH(...) {
+ // if this fails we can't do anything about it but at least we are not allowed to throw.
+ }
+ --QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter;
+
+ if (QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets) // might have been deleted by ~QApplication
+ QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets->remove(this);
+
+ QT_TRY {
+ QEvent e(QEvent::Destroy);
+ QCoreApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+ } QT_CATCH(const std::exception&) {
+ // if this fails we can't do anything about it but at least we are not allowed to throw.
+ }
+}
+
+int QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter = 0; // Current number of widget instances
+int QWidgetPrivate::maxInstances = 0; // Maximum number of widget instances
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setWinId(WId id) // set widget identifier
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ // the user might create a widget with Qt::Desktop window
+ // attribute (or create another QDesktopWidget instance), which
+ // will have the same windowid (the root window id) as the
+ // qt_desktopWidget. We should not add the second desktop widget
+ // to the mapper.
+ bool userDesktopWidget = qt_desktopWidget != 0 && qt_desktopWidget != q && q->windowType() == Qt::Desktop;
+ if (mapper && data.winid && !userDesktopWidget) {
+ mapper->remove(data.winid);
+ }
+
+ const WId oldWinId = data.winid;
+
+ data.winid = id;
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ hd = id; // X11: hd == ident
+#endif
+ if (mapper && id && !userDesktopWidget) {
+ mapper->insert(data.winid, q);
+ }
+
+ if(oldWinId != id) {
+ QEvent e(QEvent::WinIdChange);
+ QCoreApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::createTLExtra()
+{
+ if (!extra)
+ createExtra();
+ if (!extra->topextra) {
+ QTLWExtra* x = extra->topextra = new QTLWExtra;
+ x->icon = 0;
+ x->iconPixmap = 0;
+ x->windowSurface = 0;
+ x->sharedPainter = 0;
+ x->incw = x->inch = 0;
+ x->basew = x->baseh = 0;
+ x->frameStrut.setCoords(0, 0, 0, 0);
+ x->normalGeometry = QRect(0,0,-1,-1);
+ x->savedFlags = 0;
+ x->opacity = 255;
+ x->posFromMove = false;
+ x->sizeAdjusted = false;
+ x->inTopLevelResize = false;
+ x->inRepaint = false;
+ x->embedded = 0;
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ x->wasMaximized = false;
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+ createTLSysExtra();
+#ifdef QWIDGET_EXTRA_DEBUG
+ static int count = 0;
+ qDebug() << "tlextra" << ++count;
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_QPA)
+ x->platformWindow = 0;
+ x->platformWindowFormat = QPlatformWindowFormat::defaultFormat();
+ x->screenIndex = 0;
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+ Creates the widget extra data.
+*/
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::createExtra()
+{
+ if (!extra) { // if not exists
+ extra = new QWExtra;
+ extra->glContext = 0;
+ extra->topextra = 0;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ extra->proxyWidget = 0;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+ extra->curs = 0;
+#endif
+ extra->minw = 0;
+ extra->minh = 0;
+ extra->maxw = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
+ extra->maxh = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
+ extra->customDpiX = 0;
+ extra->customDpiY = 0;
+ extra->explicitMinSize = 0;
+ extra->explicitMaxSize = 0;
+ extra->autoFillBackground = 0;
+ extra->nativeChildrenForced = 0;
+ extra->inRenderWithPainter = 0;
+ extra->hasMask = 0;
+ createSysExtra();
+#ifdef QWIDGET_EXTRA_DEBUG
+ static int count = 0;
+ qDebug() << "extra" << ++count;
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+ Deletes the widget extra data.
+*/
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::deleteExtra()
+{
+ if (extra) { // if exists
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+ delete extra->curs;
+#endif
+ deleteSysExtra();
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ // dereference the stylesheet style
+ if (QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(extra->style))
+ proxy->deref();
+#endif
+ if (extra->topextra) {
+ deleteTLSysExtra();
+ extra->topextra->backingStore.destroy();
+ delete extra->topextra->icon;
+ delete extra->topextra->iconPixmap;
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_QWS_MANAGER)
+ delete extra->topextra->qwsManager;
+#endif
+ delete extra->topextra->windowSurface;
+ delete extra->topextra;
+ }
+ delete extra;
+ // extra->xic destroyed in QWidget::destroy()
+ extra = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ Returns true if there are widgets above this which overlap with
+ \a rect, which is in parent's coordinate system (same as crect).
+*/
+
+bool QWidgetPrivate::isOverlapped(const QRect &rect) const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+
+ const QWidget *w = q;
+ QRect r = rect;
+ while (w) {
+ if (w->isWindow())
+ return false;
+ QWidgetPrivate *pd = w->parentWidget()->d_func();
+ bool above = false;
+ for (int i = 0; i < pd->children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *sibling = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(pd->children.at(i));
+ if (!sibling || !sibling->isVisible() || sibling->isWindow())
+ continue;
+ if (!above) {
+ above = (sibling == w);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (qRectIntersects(sibling->d_func()->effectiveRectFor(sibling->data->crect), r)) {
+ const QWExtra *siblingExtra = sibling->d_func()->extra;
+ if (siblingExtra && siblingExtra->hasMask && !sibling->d_func()->graphicsEffect
+ && !siblingExtra->mask.translated(sibling->data->crect.topLeft()).intersects(r)) {
+ continue;
+ }
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ r.translate(pd->data.crect.topLeft());
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::syncBackingStore()
+{
+ if (paintOnScreen()) {
+ repaint_sys(dirty);
+ dirty = QRegion();
+ } else if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = maybeBackingStore()) {
+ bs->sync();
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::syncBackingStore(const QRegion &region)
+{
+ if (paintOnScreen())
+ repaint_sys(region);
+ else if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = maybeBackingStore()) {
+ bs->sync(q_func(), region);
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setUpdatesEnabled_helper(bool enable)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ if (enable && !q->isWindow() && q->parentWidget() && !q->parentWidget()->updatesEnabled())
+ return; // nothing we can do
+
+ if (enable != q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled))
+ return; // nothing to do
+
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled, !enable);
+ if (enable)
+ q->update();
+
+ Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute = enable ? Qt::WA_ForceUpdatesDisabled : Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled;
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->testAttribute(attribute))
+ w->d_func()->setUpdatesEnabled_helper(enable);
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Propagate this widget's palette to all children, except style sheet
+ widgets, and windows that don't enable window propagation (palettes don't
+ normally propagate to windows).
+*/
+void QWidgetPrivate::propagatePaletteChange()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ // Propagate a new inherited mask to all children.
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (!q->parentWidget() && extra && extra->proxyWidget) {
+ QGraphicsProxyWidget *p = extra->proxyWidget;
+ inheritedPaletteResolveMask = p->d_func()->inheritedPaletteResolveMask | p->palette().resolve();
+ } else
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (q->isWindow() && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation)) {
+ inheritedPaletteResolveMask = 0;
+ }
+ int mask = data.pal.resolve() | inheritedPaletteResolveMask;
+
+ QEvent pc(QEvent::PaletteChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &pc);
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)
+ && (!w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation))) {
+ QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func();
+ wd->inheritedPaletteResolveMask = mask;
+ wd->resolvePalette();
+ }
+ }
+#if defined(QT3_SUPPORT)
+ q->paletteChange(q->palette()); // compatibility
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ Returns the widget's clipping rectangle.
+*/
+QRect QWidgetPrivate::clipRect() const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ const QWidget * w = q;
+ if (!w->isVisible())
+ return QRect();
+ QRect r = effectiveRectFor(q->rect());
+ int ox = 0;
+ int oy = 0;
+ while (w
+ && w->isVisible()
+ && !w->isWindow()
+ && w->parentWidget()) {
+ ox -= w->x();
+ oy -= w->y();
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ r &= QRect(ox, oy, w->width(), w->height());
+ }
+ return r;
+}
+
+/*
+ Returns the widget's clipping region (without siblings).
+*/
+QRegion QWidgetPrivate::clipRegion() const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ if (!q->isVisible())
+ return QRegion();
+ QRegion r(q->rect());
+ const QWidget * w = q;
+ const QWidget *ignoreUpTo;
+ int ox = 0;
+ int oy = 0;
+ while (w
+ && w->isVisible()
+ && !w->isWindow()
+ && w->parentWidget()) {
+ ox -= w->x();
+ oy -= w->y();
+ ignoreUpTo = w;
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ r &= QRegion(ox, oy, w->width(), w->height());
+
+ int i = 0;
+ while(w->d_func()->children.at(i++) != static_cast<const QObject *>(ignoreUpTo))
+ ;
+ for ( ; i < w->d_func()->children.size(); ++i) {
+ if(QWidget *sibling = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(w->d_func()->children.at(i))) {
+ if(sibling->isVisible() && !sibling->isWindow()) {
+ QRect siblingRect(ox+sibling->x(), oy+sibling->y(),
+ sibling->width(), sibling->height());
+ if (qRectIntersects(siblingRect, q->rect()))
+ r -= QRegion(siblingRect);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return r;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+void QWidgetPrivate::invalidateGraphicsEffectsRecursively()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ QWidget *w = q;
+ do {
+ if (w->graphicsEffect()) {
+ QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate *sourced =
+ static_cast<QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate *>(w->graphicsEffect()->source()->d_func());
+ if (!sourced->updateDueToGraphicsEffect)
+ w->graphicsEffect()->source()->d_func()->invalidateCache();
+ }
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ } while (w);
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setDirtyOpaqueRegion()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ dirtyOpaqueChildren = true;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+ invalidateGraphicsEffectsRecursively();
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+
+ if (q->isWindow())
+ return;
+
+ QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget();
+ if (!parent)
+ return;
+
+ // TODO: instead of setting dirtyflag, manipulate the dirtyregion directly?
+ QWidgetPrivate *pd = parent->d_func();
+ if (!pd->dirtyOpaqueChildren)
+ pd->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+}
+
+const QRegion &QWidgetPrivate::getOpaqueChildren() const
+{
+ if (!dirtyOpaqueChildren)
+ return opaqueChildren;
+
+ QWidgetPrivate *that = const_cast<QWidgetPrivate*>(this);
+ that->opaqueChildren = QRegion();
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i));
+ if (!child || !child->isVisible() || child->isWindow())
+ continue;
+
+ const QPoint offset = child->geometry().topLeft();
+ QWidgetPrivate *childd = child->d_func();
+ QRegion r = childd->isOpaque ? child->rect() : childd->getOpaqueChildren();
+ if (childd->extra && childd->extra->hasMask)
+ r &= childd->extra->mask;
+ if (r.isEmpty())
+ continue;
+ r.translate(offset);
+ that->opaqueChildren += r;
+ }
+
+ that->opaqueChildren &= q_func()->rect();
+ that->dirtyOpaqueChildren = false;
+
+ return that->opaqueChildren;
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::subtractOpaqueChildren(QRegion &source, const QRect &clipRect) const
+{
+ if (children.isEmpty() || clipRect.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+ const QRegion &r = getOpaqueChildren();
+ if (!r.isEmpty())
+ source -= (r & clipRect);
+}
+
+//subtract any relatives that are higher up than me --- this is too expensive !!!
+void QWidgetPrivate::subtractOpaqueSiblings(QRegion &sourceRegion, bool *hasDirtySiblingsAbove,
+ bool alsoNonOpaque) const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ static int disableSubtractOpaqueSiblings = qgetenv("QT_NO_SUBTRACTOPAQUESIBLINGS").toInt();
+ if (disableSubtractOpaqueSiblings || q->isWindow())
+ return;
+
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ if (q->d_func()->isInUnifiedToolbar)
+ return;
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+
+ QRect clipBoundingRect;
+ bool dirtyClipBoundingRect = true;
+
+ QRegion parentClip;
+ bool dirtyParentClip = true;
+
+ QPoint parentOffset = data.crect.topLeft();
+
+ const QWidget *w = q;
+
+ while (w) {
+ if (w->isWindow())
+ break;
+ QWidgetPrivate *pd = w->parentWidget()->d_func();
+ const int myIndex = pd->children.indexOf(const_cast<QWidget *>(w));
+ const QRect widgetGeometry = w->d_func()->effectiveRectFor(w->data->crect);
+ for (int i = myIndex + 1; i < pd->children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *sibling = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(pd->children.at(i));
+ if (!sibling || !sibling->isVisible() || sibling->isWindow())
+ continue;
+
+ const QRect siblingGeometry = sibling->d_func()->effectiveRectFor(sibling->data->crect);
+ if (!qRectIntersects(siblingGeometry, widgetGeometry))
+ continue;
+
+ if (dirtyClipBoundingRect) {
+ clipBoundingRect = sourceRegion.boundingRect();
+ dirtyClipBoundingRect = false;
+ }
+
+ if (!qRectIntersects(siblingGeometry, clipBoundingRect.translated(parentOffset)))
+ continue;
+
+ if (dirtyParentClip) {
+ parentClip = sourceRegion.translated(parentOffset);
+ dirtyParentClip = false;
+ }
+
+ const QPoint siblingPos(sibling->data->crect.topLeft());
+ const QRect siblingClipRect(sibling->d_func()->clipRect());
+ QRegion siblingDirty(parentClip);
+ siblingDirty &= (siblingClipRect.translated(siblingPos));
+ const bool hasMask = sibling->d_func()->extra && sibling->d_func()->extra->hasMask
+ && !sibling->d_func()->graphicsEffect;
+ if (hasMask)
+ siblingDirty &= sibling->d_func()->extra->mask.translated(siblingPos);
+ if (siblingDirty.isEmpty())
+ continue;
+
+ if (sibling->d_func()->isOpaque || alsoNonOpaque) {
+ if (hasMask) {
+ siblingDirty.translate(-parentOffset);
+ sourceRegion -= siblingDirty;
+ } else {
+ sourceRegion -= siblingGeometry.translated(-parentOffset);
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (hasDirtySiblingsAbove)
+ *hasDirtySiblingsAbove = true;
+ if (sibling->d_func()->children.isEmpty())
+ continue;
+ QRegion opaqueSiblingChildren(sibling->d_func()->getOpaqueChildren());
+ opaqueSiblingChildren.translate(-parentOffset + siblingPos);
+ sourceRegion -= opaqueSiblingChildren;
+ }
+ if (sourceRegion.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+ dirtyClipBoundingRect = true;
+ dirtyParentClip = true;
+ }
+
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ parentOffset += pd->data.crect.topLeft();
+ dirtyParentClip = true;
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::clipToEffectiveMask(QRegion &region) const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+
+ const QWidget *w = q;
+ QPoint offset;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+ if (graphicsEffect) {
+ w = q->parentWidget();
+ offset -= data.crect.topLeft();
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+
+ while (w) {
+ const QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func();
+ if (wd->extra && wd->extra->hasMask)
+ region &= (w != q) ? wd->extra->mask.translated(offset) : wd->extra->mask;
+ if (w->isWindow())
+ return;
+ offset -= wd->data.crect.topLeft();
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ }
+}
+
+bool QWidgetPrivate::paintOnScreen() const
+{
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+ return false;
+#elif defined(QT_NO_BACKINGSTORE)
+ return true;
+#else
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen)
+ || (!q->isWindow() && q->window()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen))) {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return !qt_enable_backingstore;
+#endif
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::updateIsOpaque()
+{
+ // hw: todo: only needed if opacity actually changed
+ setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+ if (graphicsEffect) {
+ // ### We should probably add QGraphicsEffect::isOpaque at some point.
+ setOpaque(false);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_X11OpenGLOverlay)) {
+ setOpaque(false);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_S60
+ if (q->windowType() == Qt::Dialog && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TranslucentBackground)
+ && S60->avkonComponentsSupportTransparency) {
+ setOpaque(false);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent) || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen)) {
+ setOpaque(true);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ const QPalette &pal = q->palette();
+
+ if (q->autoFillBackground()) {
+ const QBrush &autoFillBrush = pal.brush(q->backgroundRole());
+ if (autoFillBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && autoFillBrush.isOpaque()) {
+ setOpaque(true);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (q->isWindow() && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground)) {
+ const QBrush &windowBrush = q->palette().brush(QPalette::Window);
+ if (windowBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && windowBrush.isOpaque()) {
+ setOpaque(true);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ setOpaque(false);
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setOpaque(bool opaque)
+{
+ if (isOpaque == opaque)
+ return;
+ isOpaque = opaque;
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ macUpdateIsOpaque();
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+ x11UpdateIsOpaque();
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+ winUpdateIsOpaque();
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
+ s60UpdateIsOpaque();
+#endif
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::updateIsTranslucent()
+{
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ macUpdateIsOpaque();
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+ x11UpdateIsOpaque();
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+ winUpdateIsOpaque();
+#endif
+#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
+ s60UpdateIsOpaque();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QPixmap::fill(const QWidget *widget, const QPoint &offset)
+
+ Fills the pixmap with the \a widget's background color or pixmap
+ according to the given offset.
+
+ The QPoint \a offset defines a point in widget coordinates to
+ which the pixmap's top-left pixel will be mapped to. This is only
+ significant if the widget has a background pixmap; otherwise the
+ pixmap will simply be filled with the background color of the
+ widget.
+*/
+
+void QPixmap::fill( const QWidget *widget, const QPoint &off )
+{
+ QPainter p(this);
+ p.translate(-off);
+ widget->d_func()->paintBackground(&p, QRect(off, size()));
+}
+
+static inline void fillRegion(QPainter *painter, const QRegion &rgn, const QBrush &brush)
+{
+ Q_ASSERT(painter);
+
+ if (brush.style() == Qt::TexturePattern) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ // Optimize pattern filling on mac by using HITheme directly
+ // when filling with the standard widget background.
+ // Defined in qmacstyle_mac.cpp
+ extern void qt_mac_fill_background(QPainter *painter, const QRegion &rgn, const QBrush &brush);
+ qt_mac_fill_background(painter, rgn, brush);
+#else
+#if !defined(QT_NO_STYLE_S60)
+ // Defined in qs60style.cpp
+ extern bool qt_s60_fill_background(QPainter *painter, const QRegion &rgn, const QBrush &brush);
+ if (!qt_s60_fill_background(painter, rgn, brush))
+#endif // !defined(QT_NO_STYLE_S60)
+ {
+ const QRect rect(rgn.boundingRect());
+ painter->setClipRegion(rgn);
+ painter->drawTiledPixmap(rect, brush.texture(), rect.topLeft());
+ }
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+
+ } else if (brush.gradient()
+ && brush.gradient()->coordinateMode() == QGradient::ObjectBoundingMode) {
+ painter->save();
+ painter->setClipRegion(rgn);
+ painter->fillRect(0, 0, painter->device()->width(), painter->device()->height(), brush);
+ painter->restore();
+ } else {
+ const QVector<QRect> &rects = rgn.rects();
+ for (int i = 0; i < rects.size(); ++i)
+ painter->fillRect(rects.at(i), brush);
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::paintBackground(QPainter *painter, const QRegion &rgn, int flags) const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SCROLLAREA
+ bool resetBrushOrigin = false;
+ QPointF oldBrushOrigin;
+ //If we are painting the viewport of a scrollarea, we must apply an offset to the brush in case we are drawing a texture
+ QAbstractScrollArea *scrollArea = qobject_cast<QAbstractScrollArea *>(parent);
+ if (scrollArea && scrollArea->viewport() == q) {
+ QObjectData *scrollPrivate = static_cast<QWidget *>(scrollArea)->d_ptr.data();
+ QAbstractScrollAreaPrivate *priv = static_cast<QAbstractScrollAreaPrivate *>(scrollPrivate);
+ oldBrushOrigin = painter->brushOrigin();
+ resetBrushOrigin = true;
+ painter->setBrushOrigin(-priv->contentsOffset());
+
+ }
+#endif // QT_NO_SCROLLAREA
+
+ const QBrush autoFillBrush = q->palette().brush(q->backgroundRole());
+
+ if ((flags & DrawAsRoot) && !(q->autoFillBackground() && autoFillBrush.isOpaque())) {
+ const QBrush bg = q->palette().brush(QPalette::Window);
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+ if (!(flags & DontSetCompositionMode) && painter->paintEngine()->hasFeature(QPaintEngine::PorterDuff))
+ painter->setCompositionMode(QPainter::CompositionMode_Source); //copy alpha straight in
+#endif
+ fillRegion(painter, rgn, bg);
+ }
+
+ if (q->autoFillBackground())
+ fillRegion(painter, rgn, autoFillBrush);
+
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyledBackground)) {
+ painter->setClipRegion(rgn);
+ QStyleOption opt;
+ opt.initFrom(q);
+ q->style()->drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_Widget, &opt, painter, q);
+ }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SCROLLAREA
+ if (resetBrushOrigin)
+ painter->setBrushOrigin(oldBrushOrigin);
+#endif // QT_NO_SCROLLAREA
+}
+
+/*
+ \internal
+ This function is called when a widget is hidden or destroyed.
+ It resets some application global pointers that should only refer active,
+ visible widgets.
+*/
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ extern QPointer<QWidget> qt_button_down;
+#else
+ extern QWidget *qt_button_down;
+#endif
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::deactivateWidgetCleanup()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ // If this was the active application window, reset it
+ if (QApplication::activeWindow() == q)
+ QApplication::setActiveWindow(0);
+ // If the is the active mouse press widget, reset it
+ if (q == qt_button_down)
+ qt_button_down = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns a pointer to the widget with window identifer/handle \a
+ id.
+
+ The window identifier type depends on the underlying window
+ system, see \c qwindowdefs.h for the actual definition. If there
+ is no widget with this identifier, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+QWidget *QWidget::find(WId id)
+{
+ return QWidgetPrivate::mapper ? QWidgetPrivate::mapper->value(id, 0) : 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+ \fn WId QWidget::internalWinId() const
+ \internal
+ Returns the window system identifier of the widget, or 0 if the widget is not created yet.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn WId QWidget::winId() const
+
+ Returns the window system identifier of the widget.
+
+ Portable in principle, but if you use it you are probably about to
+ do something non-portable. Be careful.
+
+ If a widget is non-native (alien) and winId() is invoked on it, that widget
+ will be provided a native handle.
+
+ On Mac OS X, the type returned depends on which framework Qt was linked
+ against. If Qt is using Carbon, the {WId} is actually an HIViewRef. If Qt
+ is using Cocoa, {WId} is a pointer to an NSView.
+
+ This value may change at run-time. An event with type QEvent::WinIdChange
+ will be sent to the widget following a change in window system identifier.
+
+ \sa find()
+*/
+WId QWidget::winId() const
+{
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) || !internalWinId()) {
+#ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
+ qDebug() << "QWidget::winId: creating native window for" << this;
+#endif
+ QWidget *that = const_cast<QWidget*>(this);
+#ifndef Q_WS_QPA
+ that->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+#endif
+ that->d_func()->createWinId();
+ return that->data->winid;
+ }
+ return data->winid;
+}
+
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::createWinId(WId winid)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+#ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
+ qDebug() << "QWidgetPrivate::createWinId for" << q << winid;
+#endif
+ const bool forceNativeWindow = q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+ if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) || (forceNativeWindow && !q->internalWinId())) {
+#ifndef Q_WS_QPA
+ if (!q->isWindow()) {
+ QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget();
+ QWidgetPrivate *pd = parent->d_func();
+ if (forceNativeWindow && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors))
+ parent->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+ if (!parent->internalWinId()) {
+ pd->createWinId();
+ }
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < pd->children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(pd->children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->isWindow() && (!w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)
+ || (!w->internalWinId() && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow)))) {
+ if (w!=q) {
+ w->create();
+ } else {
+ w->create(winid);
+ // if the window has already been created, we
+ // need to raise it to its proper stacking position
+ if (winid)
+ w->raise();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ q->create();
+ }
+#else
+ Q_UNUSED(winid);
+ q->create();
+#endif //Q_WS_QPA
+
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+\internal
+Ensures that the widget has a window system identifier, i.e. that it is known to the windowing system.
+
+*/
+
+void QWidget::createWinId()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+#ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
+ qDebug() << "QWidget::createWinId" << this;
+#endif
+// qWarning("QWidget::createWinId is obsolete, please fix your code.");
+ d->createWinId();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \since 4.4
+
+ Returns the effective window system identifier of the widget, i.e. the
+ native parent's window system identifier.
+
+ If the widget is native, this function returns the native widget ID.
+ Otherwise, the window ID of the first native parent widget, i.e., the
+ top-level widget that contains this widget, is returned.
+
+ \note We recommend that you do not store this value as it is likely to
+ change at run-time.
+
+ \sa nativeParentWidget()
+*/
+WId QWidget::effectiveWinId() const
+{
+ WId id = internalWinId();
+ if (id || !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ return id;
+ QWidget *realParent = nativeParentWidget();
+ Q_ASSERT(realParent);
+ Q_ASSERT(realParent->internalWinId());
+ return realParent->internalWinId();
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::styleSheet
+ \brief the widget's style sheet
+ \since 4.2
+
+ The style sheet contains a textual description of customizations to the
+ widget's style, as described in the \l{Qt Style Sheets} document.
+
+ Since Qt 4.5, Qt style sheets fully supports Mac OS X.
+
+ \warning Qt style sheets are currently not supported for custom QStyle
+ subclasses. We plan to address this in some future release.
+
+ \sa setStyle(), QApplication::styleSheet, {Qt Style Sheets}
+*/
+QString QWidget::styleSheet() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (!d->extra)
+ return QString();
+ return d->extra->styleSheet;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setStyleSheet(const QString& styleSheet)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createExtra();
+
+ QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(d->extra->style);
+ d->extra->styleSheet = styleSheet;
+ if (styleSheet.isEmpty()) { // stylesheet removed
+ if (!proxy)
+ return;
+
+ d->inheritStyle();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (proxy) { // style sheet update
+ proxy->repolish(this);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle)) {
+ d->setStyle_helper(new QStyleSheetStyle(d->extra->style), true);
+ } else {
+ d->setStyle_helper(new QStyleSheetStyle(0), true);
+ }
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+
+/*!
+ \sa QWidget::setStyle(), QApplication::setStyle(), QApplication::style()
+*/
+
+QStyle *QWidget::style() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+
+ if (d->extra && d->extra->style)
+ return d->extra->style;
+ return QApplication::style();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Sets the widget's GUI style to \a style. The ownership of the style
+ object is not transferred.
+
+ If no style is set, the widget uses the application's style,
+ QApplication::style() instead.
+
+ Setting a widget's style has no effect on existing or future child
+ widgets.
+
+ \warning This function is particularly useful for demonstration
+ purposes, where you want to show Qt's styling capabilities. Real
+ applications should avoid it and use one consistent GUI style
+ instead.
+
+ \warning Qt style sheets are currently not supported for custom QStyle
+ subclasses. We plan to address this in some future release.
+
+ \sa style(), QStyle, QApplication::style(), QApplication::setStyle()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setStyle(QStyle *style)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle, style != 0);
+ d->createExtra();
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ if (QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(style)) {
+ //if for some reason someone try to set a QStyleSheetStyle, ref it
+ //(this may happen for exemple in QButtonDialogBox which propagates its style)
+ proxy->ref();
+ d->setStyle_helper(style, false);
+ } else if (qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(d->extra->style) || !qApp->styleSheet().isEmpty()) {
+ // if we have an application stylesheet or have a proxy already, propagate
+ d->setStyle_helper(new QStyleSheetStyle(style), true);
+ } else
+#endif
+ d->setStyle_helper(style, false);
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setStyle_helper(QStyle *newStyle, bool propagate, bool
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ metalHack
+#endif
+ )
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ QStyle *oldStyle = q->style();
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ QWeakPointer<QStyle> origStyle;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ // the metalhack boolean allows Qt/Mac to do a proper re-polish depending
+ // on how the Qt::WA_MacBrushedMetal attribute is set. It is only ever
+ // set when changing that attribute and passes the widget's CURRENT style.
+ // therefore no need to do a reassignment.
+ if (!metalHack)
+#endif
+ {
+ createExtra();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ origStyle = extra->style.data();
+#endif
+ extra->style = newStyle;
+ }
+
+ // repolish
+ if (q->windowType() != Qt::Desktop) {
+ if (polished) {
+ oldStyle->unpolish(q);
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ if (metalHack)
+ macUpdateMetalAttribute();
+#endif
+ q->style()->polish(q);
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ } else if (metalHack) {
+ macUpdateMetalAttribute();
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (propagate) {
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *c = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i));
+ if (c)
+ c->d_func()->inheritStyle();
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ if (!qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle*>(newStyle)) {
+ if (const QStyleSheetStyle* cssStyle = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle*>(origStyle.data())) {
+ cssStyle->clearWidgetFont(q);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::StyleChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ q->styleChange(*oldStyle);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ // dereference the old stylesheet style
+ if (QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(origStyle.data()))
+ proxy->deref();
+#endif
+}
+
+// Inherits style from the current parent and propagates it as necessary
+void QWidgetPrivate::inheritStyle()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = extra ? qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(extra->style) : 0;
+
+ if (!q->styleSheet().isEmpty()) {
+ Q_ASSERT(proxy);
+ proxy->repolish(q);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ QStyle *origStyle = proxy ? proxy->base : (extra ? (QStyle*)extra->style : 0);
+ QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget();
+ QStyle *parentStyle = (parent && parent->d_func()->extra) ? (QStyle*)parent->d_func()->extra->style : 0;
+ // If we have stylesheet on app or parent has stylesheet style, we need
+ // to be running a proxy
+ if (!qApp->styleSheet().isEmpty() || qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(parentStyle)) {
+ QStyle *newStyle = parentStyle;
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle))
+ newStyle = new QStyleSheetStyle(origStyle);
+ else if (QStyleSheetStyle *newProxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(parentStyle))
+ newProxy->ref();
+
+ setStyle_helper(newStyle, true);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // So, we have no stylesheet on parent/app and we have an empty stylesheet
+ // we just need our original style back
+ if (origStyle == (extra ? (QStyle*)extra->style : 0)) // is it any different?
+ return;
+
+ // We could have inherited the proxy from our parent (which has a custom style)
+ // In such a case we need to start following the application style (i.e revert
+ // the propagation behavior of QStyleSheetStyle)
+ if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle))
+ origStyle = 0;
+
+ setStyle_helper(origStyle, true);
+#endif // QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+}
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ Sets the widget's GUI style to \a style using the QStyleFactory.
+*/
+QStyle* QWidget::setStyle(const QString &style)
+{
+ QStyle *s = QStyleFactory::create(style);
+ setStyle(s);
+ return s;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isWindow() const
+
+ Returns true if the widget is an independent window, otherwise
+ returns false.
+
+ A window is a widget that isn't visually the child of any other
+ widget and that usually has a frame and a
+ \l{QWidget::setWindowTitle()}{window title}.
+
+ A window can have a \l{QWidget::parentWidget()}{parent widget}.
+ It will then be grouped with its parent and deleted when the
+ parent is deleted, minimized when the parent is minimized etc. If
+ supported by the window manager, it will also have a common
+ taskbar entry with its parent.
+
+ QDialog and QMainWindow widgets are by default windows, even if a
+ parent widget is specified in the constructor. This behavior is
+ specified by the Qt::Window flag.
+
+ \sa window(), isModal(), parentWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::modal
+ \brief whether the widget is a modal widget
+
+ This property only makes sense for windows. A modal widget
+ prevents widgets in all other windows from getting any input.
+
+ By default, this property is false.
+
+ \sa isWindow(), windowModality, QDialog
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::windowModality
+ \brief which windows are blocked by the modal widget
+ \since 4.1
+
+ This property only makes sense for windows. A modal widget
+ prevents widgets in other windows from getting input. The value of
+ this property controls which windows are blocked when the widget
+ is visible. Changing this property while the window is visible has
+ no effect; you must hide() the widget first, then show() it again.
+
+ By default, this property is Qt::NonModal.
+
+ \sa isWindow(), QWidget::modal, QDialog
+*/
+
+Qt::WindowModality QWidget::windowModality() const
+{
+ return static_cast<Qt::WindowModality>(data->window_modality);
+}
+
+void QWidget::setWindowModality(Qt::WindowModality windowModality)
+{
+ data->window_modality = windowModality;
+ // setModal_sys() will be called by setAttribute()
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_ShowModal, (data->window_modality != Qt::NonModal));
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowModality, true);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::underMouse() const
+
+ Returns true if the widget is under the mouse cursor; otherwise
+ returns false.
+
+ This value is not updated properly during drag and drop
+ operations.
+
+ \sa enterEvent(), leaveEvent()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::minimized
+ \brief whether this widget is minimized (iconified)
+
+ This property is only relevant for windows.
+
+ By default, this property is false.
+
+ \sa showMinimized(), visible, show(), hide(), showNormal(), maximized
+*/
+bool QWidget::isMinimized() const
+{ return data->window_state & Qt::WindowMinimized; }
+
+/*!
+ Shows the widget minimized, as an icon.
+
+ Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}.
+
+ \sa showNormal(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), isVisible(),
+ isMinimized()
+*/
+void QWidget::showMinimized()
+{
+ bool isMin = isMinimized();
+ if (isMin && isVisible())
+ return;
+
+ ensurePolished();
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (parent())
+ QApplication::sendPostedEvents(parent(), QEvent::ChildInserted);
+#endif
+
+ if (!isMin)
+ setWindowState((windowState() & ~Qt::WindowActive) | Qt::WindowMinimized);
+ show();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::maximized
+ \brief whether this widget is maximized
+
+ This property is only relevant for windows.
+
+ \note Due to limitations on some window systems, this does not always
+ report the expected results (e.g., if the user on X11 maximizes the
+ window via the window manager, Qt has no way of distinguishing this
+ from any other resize). This is expected to improve as window manager
+ protocols evolve.
+
+ By default, this property is false.
+
+ \sa windowState(), showMaximized(), visible, show(), hide(), showNormal(), minimized
+*/
+bool QWidget::isMaximized() const
+{ return data->window_state & Qt::WindowMaximized; }
+
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns the current window state. The window state is a OR'ed
+ combination of Qt::WindowState: Qt::WindowMinimized,
+ Qt::WindowMaximized, Qt::WindowFullScreen, and Qt::WindowActive.
+
+ \sa Qt::WindowState setWindowState()
+ */
+Qt::WindowStates QWidget::windowState() const
+{
+ return Qt::WindowStates(data->window_state);
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+
+ The function sets the window state on child widgets similar to
+ setWindowState(). The difference is that the window state changed
+ event has the isOverride() flag set. It exists mainly to keep
+ Q3Workspace working.
+ */
+void QWidget::overrideWindowState(Qt::WindowStates newstate)
+{
+ QWindowStateChangeEvent e(Qt::WindowStates(data->window_state), true);
+ data->window_state = newstate;
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setWindowState(Qt::WindowStates windowState)
+
+ Sets the window state to \a windowState. The window state is a OR'ed
+ combination of Qt::WindowState: Qt::WindowMinimized,
+ Qt::WindowMaximized, Qt::WindowFullScreen, and Qt::WindowActive.
+
+ If the window is not visible (i.e. isVisible() returns false), the
+ window state will take effect when show() is called. For visible
+ windows, the change is immediate. For example, to toggle between
+ full-screen and normal mode, use the following code:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 0
+
+ In order to restore and activate a minimized window (while
+ preserving its maximized and/or full-screen state), use the following:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 1
+
+ Calling this function will hide the widget. You must call show() to make
+ the widget visible again.
+
+ \note On some window systems Qt::WindowActive is not immediate, and may be
+ ignored in certain cases.
+
+ When the window state changes, the widget receives a changeEvent()
+ of type QEvent::WindowStateChange.
+
+ \sa Qt::WindowState windowState()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::fullScreen
+ \brief whether the widget is shown in full screen mode
+
+ A widget in full screen mode occupies the whole screen area and does not
+ display window decorations, such as a title bar.
+
+ By default, this property is false.
+
+ \sa windowState(), minimized, maximized
+*/
+bool QWidget::isFullScreen() const
+{ return data->window_state & Qt::WindowFullScreen; }
+
+/*!
+ Shows the widget in full-screen mode.
+
+ Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}.
+
+ To return from full-screen mode, call showNormal().
+
+ Full-screen mode works fine under Windows, but has certain
+ problems under X. These problems are due to limitations of the
+ ICCCM protocol that specifies the communication between X11
+ clients and the window manager. ICCCM simply does not understand
+ the concept of non-decorated full-screen windows. Therefore, the
+ best we can do is to request a borderless window and place and
+ resize it to fill the entire screen. Depending on the window
+ manager, this may or may not work. The borderless window is
+ requested using MOTIF hints, which are at least partially
+ supported by virtually all modern window managers.
+
+ An alternative would be to bypass the window manager entirely and
+ create a window with the Qt::X11BypassWindowManagerHint flag. This
+ has other severe problems though, like totally broken keyboard focus
+ and very strange effects on desktop changes or when the user raises
+ other windows.
+
+ X11 window managers that follow modern post-ICCCM specifications
+ support full-screen mode properly.
+
+ \sa showNormal(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), isVisible()
+*/
+void QWidget::showFullScreen()
+{
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ // If the unified toolbar is enabled, we have to disable it before going fullscreen.
+ QMainWindow *mainWindow = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(this);
+ if (mainWindow && mainWindow->unifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac()) {
+ mainWindow->setUnifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac(false);
+ QMainWindowLayout *mainLayout = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(mainWindow->layout());
+ mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen = true;
+ }
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+ ensurePolished();
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (parent())
+ QApplication::sendPostedEvents(parent(), QEvent::ChildInserted);
+#endif
+
+ setWindowState((windowState() & ~(Qt::WindowMinimized | Qt::WindowMaximized))
+ | Qt::WindowFullScreen);
+ show();
+ activateWindow();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Shows the widget maximized.
+
+ Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}.
+
+ On X11, this function may not work properly with certain window
+ managers. See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an explanation.
+
+ \sa setWindowState(), showNormal(), showMinimized(), show(), hide(), isVisible()
+*/
+void QWidget::showMaximized()
+{
+ ensurePolished();
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (parent())
+ QApplication::sendPostedEvents(parent(), QEvent::ChildInserted);
+#endif
+
+ setWindowState((windowState() & ~(Qt::WindowMinimized | Qt::WindowFullScreen))
+ | Qt::WindowMaximized);
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ // If the unified toolbar was enabled before going fullscreen, we have to enable it back.
+ QMainWindow *mainWindow = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(this);
+ if (mainWindow)
+ {
+ QMainWindowLayout *mainLayout = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(mainWindow->layout());
+ if (mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen) {
+ mainWindow->setUnifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac(true);
+ mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen = false;
+ }
+ }
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+ show();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Restores the widget after it has been maximized or minimized.
+
+ Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}.
+
+ \sa setWindowState(), showMinimized(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), isVisible()
+*/
+void QWidget::showNormal()
+{
+ ensurePolished();
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (parent())
+ QApplication::sendPostedEvents(parent(), QEvent::ChildInserted);
+#endif
+
+ setWindowState(windowState() & ~(Qt::WindowMinimized
+ | Qt::WindowMaximized
+ | Qt::WindowFullScreen));
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ // If the unified toolbar was enabled before going fullscreen, we have to enable it back.
+ QMainWindow *mainWindow = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(this);
+ if (mainWindow)
+ {
+ QMainWindowLayout *mainLayout = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(mainWindow->layout());
+ if (mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen) {
+ mainWindow->setUnifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac(true);
+ mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen = false;
+ }
+ }
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+ show();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns true if this widget would become enabled if \a ancestor is
+ enabled; otherwise returns false.
+
+
+
+ This is the case if neither the widget itself nor every parent up
+ to but excluding \a ancestor has been explicitly disabled.
+
+ isEnabledTo(0) is equivalent to isEnabled().
+
+ \sa setEnabled() enabled
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::isEnabledTo(QWidget* ancestor) const
+{
+ const QWidget * w = this;
+ while (!w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled)
+ && !w->isWindow()
+ && w->parentWidget()
+ && w->parentWidget() != ancestor)
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ return !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled);
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
+/*!
+ Appends the action \a action to this widget's list of actions.
+
+ All QWidgets have a list of \l{QAction}s, however they can be
+ represented graphically in many different ways. The default use of
+ the QAction list (as returned by actions()) is to create a context
+ QMenu.
+
+ A QWidget should only have one of each action and adding an action
+ it already has will not cause the same action to be in the widget twice.
+
+ The ownership of \a action is not transferred to this QWidget.
+
+ \sa removeAction(), insertAction(), actions(), QMenu
+*/
+void QWidget::addAction(QAction *action)
+{
+ insertAction(0, action);
+}
+
+/*!
+ Appends the actions \a actions to this widget's list of actions.
+
+ \sa removeAction(), QMenu, addAction()
+*/
+void QWidget::addActions(QList<QAction*> actions)
+{
+ for(int i = 0; i < actions.count(); i++)
+ insertAction(0, actions.at(i));
+}
+
+/*!
+ Inserts the action \a action to this widget's list of actions,
+ before the action \a before. It appends the action if \a before is 0 or
+ \a before is not a valid action for this widget.
+
+ A QWidget should only have one of each action.
+
+ \sa removeAction(), addAction(), QMenu, contextMenuPolicy, actions()
+*/
+void QWidget::insertAction(QAction *before, QAction *action)
+{
+ if(!action) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::insertAction: Attempt to insert null action");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if(d->actions.contains(action))
+ removeAction(action);
+
+ int pos = d->actions.indexOf(before);
+ if (pos < 0) {
+ before = 0;
+ pos = d->actions.size();
+ }
+ d->actions.insert(pos, action);
+
+ QActionPrivate *apriv = action->d_func();
+ apriv->widgets.append(this);
+
+ QActionEvent e(QEvent::ActionAdded, action, before);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+/*!
+ Inserts the actions \a actions to this widget's list of actions,
+ before the action \a before. It appends the action if \a before is 0 or
+ \a before is not a valid action for this widget.
+
+ A QWidget can have at most one of each action.
+
+ \sa removeAction(), QMenu, insertAction(), contextMenuPolicy
+*/
+void QWidget::insertActions(QAction *before, QList<QAction*> actions)
+{
+ for(int i = 0; i < actions.count(); ++i)
+ insertAction(before, actions.at(i));
+}
+
+/*!
+ Removes the action \a action from this widget's list of actions.
+ \sa insertAction(), actions(), insertAction()
+*/
+void QWidget::removeAction(QAction *action)
+{
+ if (!action)
+ return;
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ QActionPrivate *apriv = action->d_func();
+ apriv->widgets.removeAll(this);
+
+ if (d->actions.removeAll(action)) {
+ QActionEvent e(QEvent::ActionRemoved, action);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns the (possibly empty) list of this widget's actions.
+
+ \sa contextMenuPolicy, insertAction(), removeAction()
+*/
+QList<QAction*> QWidget::actions() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->actions;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_ACTION
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isEnabledToTLW() const
+ \obsolete
+
+ This function is deprecated. It is equivalent to isEnabled()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::enabled
+ \brief whether the widget is enabled
+
+ An enabled widget handles keyboard and mouse events; a disabled
+ widget does not.
+
+ Some widgets display themselves differently when they are
+ disabled. For example a button might draw its label grayed out. If
+ your widget needs to know when it becomes enabled or disabled, you
+ can use the changeEvent() with type QEvent::EnabledChange.
+
+ Disabling a widget implicitly disables all its children. Enabling
+ respectively enables all child widgets unless they have been
+ explicitly disabled.
+
+ By default, this property is true.
+
+ \sa isEnabledTo(), QKeyEvent, QMouseEvent, changeEvent()
+*/
+void QWidget::setEnabled(bool enable)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled, !enable);
+ d->setEnabled_helper(enable);
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setEnabled_helper(bool enable)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ if (enable && !q->isWindow() && q->parentWidget() && !q->parentWidget()->isEnabled())
+ return; // nothing we can do
+
+ if (enable != q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Disabled))
+ return; // nothing to do
+
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Disabled, !enable);
+ updateSystemBackground();
+
+ if (!enable && q->window()->focusWidget() == q) {
+ bool parentIsEnabled = (!q->parentWidget() || q->parentWidget()->isEnabled());
+ if (!parentIsEnabled || !q->focusNextChild())
+ q->clearFocus();
+ }
+
+ Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute = enable ? Qt::WA_ForceDisabled : Qt::WA_Disabled;
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->testAttribute(attribute))
+ w->d_func()->setEnabled_helper(enable);
+ }
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor) || q->isWindow()) {
+ // enforce the windows behavior of clearing the cursor on
+ // disabled widgets
+ qt_x11_enforce_cursor(q);
+ }
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+ setEnabled_helper_sys(enable);
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled) && q->hasFocus()) {
+ QWidget *focusWidget = effectiveFocusWidget();
+ QInputContext *qic = focusWidget->d_func()->inputContext();
+ if (enable) {
+ if (focusWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled))
+ qic->setFocusWidget(focusWidget);
+ } else {
+ qic->reset();
+ qic->setFocusWidget(0);
+ }
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_IM
+ QEvent e(QEvent::EnabledChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ q->enabledChange(!enable); // compatibility
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::acceptDrops
+ \brief whether drop events are enabled for this widget
+
+ Setting this property to true announces to the system that this
+ widget \e may be able to accept drop events.
+
+ If the widget is the desktop (windowType() == Qt::Desktop), this may
+ fail if another application is using the desktop; you can call
+ acceptDrops() to test if this occurs.
+
+ \warning Do not modify this property in a drag and drop event handler.
+
+ By default, this property is false.
+
+ \sa {Drag and Drop}
+*/
+bool QWidget::acceptDrops() const
+{
+ return testAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptDrops);
+}
+
+void QWidget::setAcceptDrops(bool on)
+{
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptDrops, on);
+
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::enabledChange(bool)
+
+ \internal
+ \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::paletteChange(const QPalette &)
+
+ \internal
+ \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::fontChange(const QFont &)
+
+ \internal
+ \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::windowActivationChange(bool)
+
+ \internal
+ \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::languageChange()
+
+ \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::styleChange(QStyle& style)
+
+ \internal
+ \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+ Disables widget input events if \a disable is true; otherwise
+ enables input events.
+
+ See the \l enabled documentation for more information.
+
+ \sa isEnabledTo(), QKeyEvent, QMouseEvent, changeEvent()
+*/
+void QWidget::setDisabled(bool disable)
+{
+ setEnabled(!disable);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::frameGeometry
+ \brief geometry of the widget relative to its parent including any
+ window frame
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
+ platform and screen geometry.
+
+ \sa geometry() x() y() pos()
+*/
+QRect QWidget::frameGeometry() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (isWindow() && ! (windowType() == Qt::Popup)) {
+ QRect fs = d->frameStrut();
+ return QRect(data->crect.x() - fs.left(),
+ data->crect.y() - fs.top(),
+ data->crect.width() + fs.left() + fs.right(),
+ data->crect.height() + fs.top() + fs.bottom());
+ }
+ return data->crect;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::x
+
+ \brief the x coordinate of the widget relative to its parent including
+ any window frame
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ By default, this property has a value of 0.
+
+ \sa frameGeometry, y, pos
+*/
+int QWidget::x() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (isWindow() && ! (windowType() == Qt::Popup))
+ return data->crect.x() - d->frameStrut().left();
+ return data->crect.x();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::y
+ \brief the y coordinate of the widget relative to its parent and
+ including any window frame
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ By default, this property has a value of 0.
+
+ \sa frameGeometry, x, pos
+*/
+int QWidget::y() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (isWindow() && ! (windowType() == Qt::Popup))
+ return data->crect.y() - d->frameStrut().top();
+ return data->crect.y();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::pos
+ \brief the position of the widget within its parent widget
+
+ If the widget is a window, the position is that of the widget on
+ the desktop, including its frame.
+
+ When changing the position, the widget, if visible, receives a
+ move event (moveEvent()) immediately. If the widget is not
+ currently visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it
+ is shown.
+
+ By default, this property contains a position that refers to the
+ origin.
+
+ \warning Calling move() or setGeometry() inside moveEvent() can
+ lead to infinite recursion.
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ \sa frameGeometry, size x(), y()
+*/
+QPoint QWidget::pos() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (isWindow() && ! (windowType() == Qt::Popup)) {
+ QRect fs = d->frameStrut();
+ return QPoint(data->crect.x() - fs.left(), data->crect.y() - fs.top());
+ }
+ return data->crect.topLeft();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::geometry
+ \brief the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and
+ excluding the window frame
+
+ When changing the geometry, the widget, if visible, receives a
+ move event (moveEvent()) and/or a resize event (resizeEvent())
+ immediately. If the widget is not currently visible, it is
+ guaranteed to receive appropriate events before it is shown.
+
+ The size component is adjusted if it lies outside the range
+ defined by minimumSize() and maximumSize().
+
+ \warning Calling setGeometry() inside resizeEvent() or moveEvent()
+ can lead to infinite recursion.
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
+ platform and screen geometry.
+
+ \sa frameGeometry(), rect(), move(), resize(), moveEvent(),
+ resizeEvent(), minimumSize(), maximumSize()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::normalGeometry
+
+ \brief the geometry of the widget as it will appear when shown as
+ a normal (not maximized or full screen) top-level widget
+
+ For child widgets this property always holds an empty rectangle.
+
+ By default, this property contains an empty rectangle.
+
+ \sa QWidget::windowState(), QWidget::geometry
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::size
+ \brief the size of the widget excluding any window frame
+
+ If the widget is visible when it is being resized, it receives a resize event
+ (resizeEvent()) immediately. If the widget is not currently
+ visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it is shown.
+
+ The size is adjusted if it lies outside the range defined by
+ minimumSize() and maximumSize().
+
+ By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
+ platform and screen geometry.
+
+ \warning Calling resize() or setGeometry() inside resizeEvent() can
+ lead to infinite recursion.
+
+ \note Setting the size to \c{QSize(0, 0)} will cause the widget to not
+ appear on screen. This also applies to windows.
+
+ \sa pos, geometry, minimumSize, maximumSize, resizeEvent(), adjustSize()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::width
+ \brief the width of the widget excluding any window frame
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ \note Do not use this function to find the width of a screen on
+ a \l{QDesktopWidget}{multiple screen desktop}. Read
+ \l{QDesktopWidget#Screen Geometry}{this note} for details.
+
+ By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
+ platform and screen geometry.
+
+ \sa geometry, height, size
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::height
+ \brief the height of the widget excluding any window frame
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ \note Do not use this function to find the height of a screen
+ on a \l{QDesktopWidget}{multiple screen desktop}. Read
+ \l{QDesktopWidget#Screen Geometry}{this note} for details.
+
+ By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
+ platform and screen geometry.
+
+ \sa geometry, width, size
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::rect
+ \brief the internal geometry of the widget excluding any window
+ frame
+
+ The rect property equals QRect(0, 0, width(), height()).
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
+ platform and screen geometry.
+
+ \sa size
+*/
+
+
+QRect QWidget::normalGeometry() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (!d->extra || !d->extra->topextra)
+ return QRect();
+
+ if (!isMaximized() && !isFullScreen())
+ return geometry();
+
+ return d->topData()->normalGeometry;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::childrenRect
+ \brief the bounding rectangle of the widget's children
+
+ Hidden children are excluded.
+
+ By default, for a widget with no children, this property contains a
+ rectangle with zero width and height located at the origin.
+
+ \sa childrenRegion() geometry()
+*/
+
+QRect QWidget::childrenRect() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ QRect r(0, 0, 0, 0);
+ for (int i = 0; i < d->children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(d->children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->isHidden())
+ r |= w->geometry();
+ }
+ return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::childrenRegion
+ \brief the combined region occupied by the widget's children
+
+ Hidden children are excluded.
+
+ By default, for a widget with no children, this property contains an
+ empty region.
+
+ \sa childrenRect() geometry() mask()
+*/
+
+QRegion QWidget::childrenRegion() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ QRegion r;
+ for (int i = 0; i < d->children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(d->children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->isHidden()) {
+ QRegion mask = w->mask();
+ if (mask.isEmpty())
+ r |= w->geometry();
+ else
+ r |= mask.translated(w->pos());
+ }
+ }
+ return r;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::minimumSize
+ \brief the widget's minimum size
+
+ The widget cannot be resized to a smaller size than the minimum
+ widget size. The widget's size is forced to the minimum size if
+ the current size is smaller.
+
+ The minimum size set by this function will override the minimum size
+ defined by QLayout. In order to unset the minimum size, use a
+ value of \c{QSize(0, 0)}.
+
+ By default, this property contains a size with zero width and height.
+
+ \sa minimumWidth, minimumHeight, maximumSize, sizeIncrement
+*/
+
+QSize QWidget::minimumSize() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->extra ? QSize(d->extra->minw, d->extra->minh) : QSize(0, 0);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::maximumSize
+ \brief the widget's maximum size in pixels
+
+ The widget cannot be resized to a larger size than the maximum
+ widget size.
+
+ By default, this property contains a size in which both width and height
+ have values of 16777215.
+
+ \note The definition of the \c QWIDGETSIZE_MAX macro limits the maximum size
+ of widgets.
+
+ \sa maximumWidth, maximumHeight, minimumSize, sizeIncrement
+*/
+
+QSize QWidget::maximumSize() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->extra ? QSize(d->extra->maxw, d->extra->maxh)
+ : QSize(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::minimumWidth
+ \brief the widget's minimum width in pixels
+
+ This property corresponds to the width held by the \l minimumSize property.
+
+ By default, this property has a value of 0.
+
+ \sa minimumSize, minimumHeight
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::minimumHeight
+ \brief the widget's minimum height in pixels
+
+ This property corresponds to the height held by the \l minimumSize property.
+
+ By default, this property has a value of 0.
+
+ \sa minimumSize, minimumWidth
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::maximumWidth
+ \brief the widget's maximum width in pixels
+
+ This property corresponds to the width held by the \l maximumSize property.
+
+ By default, this property contains a value of 16777215.
+
+ \note The definition of the \c QWIDGETSIZE_MAX macro limits the maximum size
+ of widgets.
+
+ \sa maximumSize, maximumHeight
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::maximumHeight
+ \brief the widget's maximum height in pixels
+
+ This property corresponds to the height held by the \l maximumSize property.
+
+ By default, this property contains a value of 16777215.
+
+ \note The definition of the \c QWIDGETSIZE_MAX macro limits the maximum size
+ of widgets.
+
+ \sa maximumSize, maximumWidth
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::sizeIncrement
+ \brief the size increment of the widget
+
+ When the user resizes the window, the size will move in steps of
+ sizeIncrement().width() pixels horizontally and
+ sizeIncrement.height() pixels vertically, with baseSize() as the
+ basis. Preferred widget sizes are for non-negative integers \e i
+ and \e j:
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 2
+
+ Note that while you can set the size increment for all widgets, it
+ only affects windows.
+
+ By default, this property contains a size with zero width and height.
+
+ \warning The size increment has no effect under Windows, and may
+ be disregarded by the window manager on X11.
+
+ \sa size, minimumSize, maximumSize
+*/
+QSize QWidget::sizeIncrement() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra)
+ ? QSize(d->extra->topextra->incw, d->extra->topextra->inch)
+ : QSize(0, 0);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::baseSize
+ \brief the base size of the widget
+
+ The base size is used to calculate a proper widget size if the
+ widget defines sizeIncrement().
+
+ By default, for a newly-created widget, this property contains a size with
+ zero width and height.
+
+ \sa setSizeIncrement()
+*/
+
+QSize QWidget::baseSize() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return (d->extra != 0 && d->extra->topextra != 0)
+ ? QSize(d->extra->topextra->basew, d->extra->topextra->baseh)
+ : QSize(0, 0);
+}
+
+bool QWidgetPrivate::setMinimumSize_helper(int &minw, int &minh)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+ if (q->isWindow()) {
+ const QRect maxWindowRect = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry(QApplication::desktop()->screenNumber(q));
+ if (!maxWindowRect.isEmpty()) {
+ // ### This is really just a work-around. Layout shouldn't be
+ // asking for minimum sizes bigger than the screen.
+ if (minw > maxWindowRect.width())
+ minw = maxWindowRect.width();
+ if (minh > maxWindowRect.height())
+ minh = maxWindowRect.height();
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ int mw = minw, mh = minh;
+ if (mw == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX)
+ mw = 0;
+ if (mh == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX)
+ mh = 0;
+ if (minw > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX || minh > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::setMinimumSize: (%s/%s) "
+ "The largest allowed size is (%d,%d)",
+ q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), q->metaObject()->className(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX,
+ QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
+ minw = mw = qMin<int>(minw, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
+ minh = mh = qMin<int>(minh, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
+ }
+ if (minw < 0 || minh < 0) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::setMinimumSize: (%s/%s) Negative sizes (%d,%d) "
+ "are not possible",
+ q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), q->metaObject()->className(), minw, minh);
+ minw = mw = qMax(minw, 0);
+ minh = mh = qMax(minh, 0);
+ }
+ createExtra();
+ if (extra->minw == mw && extra->minh == mh)
+ return false;
+ extra->minw = mw;
+ extra->minh = mh;
+ extra->explicitMinSize = (mw ? Qt::Horizontal : 0) | (mh ? Qt::Vertical : 0);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ This function corresponds to setMinimumSize(QSize(minw, minh)).
+ Sets the minimum width to \a minw and the minimum height to \a
+ minh.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setMinimumSize(int minw, int minh)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!d->setMinimumSize_helper(minw, minh))
+ return;
+
+ if (isWindow())
+ d->setConstraints_sys();
+ if (minw > width() || minh > height()) {
+ bool resized = testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized);
+ bool maximized = isMaximized();
+ resize(qMax(minw,width()), qMax(minh,height()));
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, resized); //not a user resize
+ if (maximized)
+ data->window_state = data->window_state | Qt::WindowMaximized;
+ }
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (d->extra) {
+ if (d->extra->proxyWidget)
+ d->extra->proxyWidget->setMinimumSize(minw, minh);
+ }
+#endif
+ d->updateGeometry_helper(d->extra->minw == d->extra->maxw && d->extra->minh == d->extra->maxh);
+}
+
+bool QWidgetPrivate::setMaximumSize_helper(int &maxw, int &maxh)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (maxw > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX || maxh > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::setMaximumSize: (%s/%s) "
+ "The largest allowed size is (%d,%d)",
+ q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), q->metaObject()->className(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX,
+ QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
+ maxw = qMin<int>(maxw, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
+ maxh = qMin<int>(maxh, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
+ }
+ if (maxw < 0 || maxh < 0) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::setMaximumSize: (%s/%s) Negative sizes (%d,%d) "
+ "are not possible",
+ q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), q->metaObject()->className(), maxw, maxh);
+ maxw = qMax(maxw, 0);
+ maxh = qMax(maxh, 0);
+ }
+ createExtra();
+ if (extra->maxw == maxw && extra->maxh == maxh)
+ return false;
+ extra->maxw = maxw;
+ extra->maxh = maxh;
+ extra->explicitMaxSize = (maxw != QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? Qt::Horizontal : 0) |
+ (maxh != QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? Qt::Vertical : 0);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ This function corresponds to setMaximumSize(QSize(\a maxw, \a
+ maxh)). Sets the maximum width to \a maxw and the maximum height
+ to \a maxh.
+*/
+void QWidget::setMaximumSize(int maxw, int maxh)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!d->setMaximumSize_helper(maxw, maxh))
+ return;
+
+ if (isWindow())
+ d->setConstraints_sys();
+ if (maxw < width() || maxh < height()) {
+ bool resized = testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized);
+ resize(qMin(maxw,width()), qMin(maxh,height()));
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, resized); //not a user resize
+ }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (d->extra) {
+ if (d->extra->proxyWidget)
+ d->extra->proxyWidget->setMaximumSize(maxw, maxh);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ d->updateGeometry_helper(d->extra->minw == d->extra->maxw && d->extra->minh == d->extra->maxh);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ Sets the x (width) size increment to \a w and the y (height) size
+ increment to \a h.
+*/
+void QWidget::setSizeIncrement(int w, int h)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createTLExtra();
+ QTLWExtra* x = d->topData();
+ if (x->incw == w && x->inch == h)
+ return;
+ x->incw = w;
+ x->inch = h;
+ if (isWindow())
+ d->setConstraints_sys();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ This corresponds to setBaseSize(QSize(\a basew, \a baseh)). Sets
+ the widgets base size to width \a basew and height \a baseh.
+*/
+void QWidget::setBaseSize(int basew, int baseh)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createTLExtra();
+ QTLWExtra* x = d->topData();
+ if (x->basew == basew && x->baseh == baseh)
+ return;
+ x->basew = basew;
+ x->baseh = baseh;
+ if (isWindow())
+ d->setConstraints_sys();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Sets both the minimum and maximum sizes of the widget to \a s,
+ thereby preventing it from ever growing or shrinking.
+
+ This will override the default size constraints set by QLayout.
+
+ To remove constraints, set the size to QWIDGETSIZE_MAX.
+
+ Alternatively, if you want the widget to have a
+ fixed size based on its contents, you can call
+ QLayout::setSizeConstraint(QLayout::SetFixedSize);
+
+ \sa maximumSize, minimumSize
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFixedSize(const QSize & s)
+{
+ setFixedSize(s.width(), s.height());
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setFixedSize(int w, int h)
+ \overload
+
+ Sets the width of the widget to \a w and the height to \a h.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFixedSize(int w, int h)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+ // temporary fix for 4.3.x.
+ // Should move the embedded spesific contraints in setMinimumSize_helper into QLayout
+ int tmpW = w;
+ int tmpH = h;
+ bool minSizeSet = d->setMinimumSize_helper(tmpW, tmpH);
+#else
+ bool minSizeSet = d->setMinimumSize_helper(w, h);
+#endif
+ bool maxSizeSet = d->setMaximumSize_helper(w, h);
+ if (!minSizeSet && !maxSizeSet)
+ return;
+
+ if (isWindow())
+ d->setConstraints_sys();
+ else
+ d->updateGeometry_helper(true);
+
+ if (w != QWIDGETSIZE_MAX || h != QWIDGETSIZE_MAX)
+ resize(w, h);
+}
+
+void QWidget::setMinimumWidth(int w)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createExtra();
+ uint expl = d->extra->explicitMinSize | (w ? Qt::Horizontal : 0);
+ setMinimumSize(w, minimumSize().height());
+ d->extra->explicitMinSize = expl;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setMinimumHeight(int h)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createExtra();
+ uint expl = d->extra->explicitMinSize | (h ? Qt::Vertical : 0);
+ setMinimumSize(minimumSize().width(), h);
+ d->extra->explicitMinSize = expl;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setMaximumWidth(int w)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createExtra();
+ uint expl = d->extra->explicitMaxSize | (w == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? 0 : Qt::Horizontal);
+ setMaximumSize(w, maximumSize().height());
+ d->extra->explicitMaxSize = expl;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setMaximumHeight(int h)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createExtra();
+ uint expl = d->extra->explicitMaxSize | (h == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? 0 : Qt::Vertical);
+ setMaximumSize(maximumSize().width(), h);
+ d->extra->explicitMaxSize = expl;
+}
+
+/*!
+ Sets both the minimum and maximum width of the widget to \a w
+ without changing the heights. Provided for convenience.
+
+ \sa sizeHint() minimumSize() maximumSize() setFixedSize()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFixedWidth(int w)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createExtra();
+ uint explMin = d->extra->explicitMinSize | Qt::Horizontal;
+ uint explMax = d->extra->explicitMaxSize | Qt::Horizontal;
+ setMinimumSize(w, minimumSize().height());
+ setMaximumSize(w, maximumSize().height());
+ d->extra->explicitMinSize = explMin;
+ d->extra->explicitMaxSize = explMax;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Sets both the minimum and maximum heights of the widget to \a h
+ without changing the widths. Provided for convenience.
+
+ \sa sizeHint() minimumSize() maximumSize() setFixedSize()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFixedHeight(int h)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->createExtra();
+ uint explMin = d->extra->explicitMinSize | Qt::Vertical;
+ uint explMax = d->extra->explicitMaxSize | Qt::Vertical;
+ setMinimumSize(minimumSize().width(), h);
+ setMaximumSize(maximumSize().width(), h);
+ d->extra->explicitMinSize = explMin;
+ d->extra->explicitMaxSize = explMax;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Translates the widget coordinate \a pos to the coordinate system
+ of \a parent. The \a parent must not be 0 and must be a parent
+ of the calling widget.
+
+ \sa mapFrom() mapToParent() mapToGlobal() underMouse()
+*/
+
+QPoint QWidget::mapTo(QWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos) const
+{
+ QPoint p = pos;
+ if (parent) {
+ const QWidget * w = this;
+ while (w != parent) {
+ Q_ASSERT_X(w, "QWidget::mapTo(QWidget *parent, const QPoint &pos)",
+ "parent must be in parent hierarchy");
+ p = w->mapToParent(p);
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ }
+ }
+ return p;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Translates the widget coordinate \a pos from the coordinate system
+ of \a parent to this widget's coordinate system. The \a parent
+ must not be 0 and must be a parent of the calling widget.
+
+ \sa mapTo() mapFromParent() mapFromGlobal() underMouse()
+*/
+
+QPoint QWidget::mapFrom(QWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos) const
+{
+ QPoint p(pos);
+ if (parent) {
+ const QWidget * w = this;
+ while (w != parent) {
+ Q_ASSERT_X(w, "QWidget::mapFrom(QWidget *parent, const QPoint &pos)",
+ "parent must be in parent hierarchy");
+
+ p = w->mapFromParent(p);
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ }
+ }
+ return p;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Translates the widget coordinate \a pos to a coordinate in the
+ parent widget.
+
+ Same as mapToGlobal() if the widget has no parent.
+
+ \sa mapFromParent() mapTo() mapToGlobal() underMouse()
+*/
+
+QPoint QWidget::mapToParent(const QPoint &pos) const
+{
+ return pos + data->crect.topLeft();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Translates the parent widget coordinate \a pos to widget
+ coordinates.
+
+ Same as mapFromGlobal() if the widget has no parent.
+
+ \sa mapToParent() mapFrom() mapFromGlobal() underMouse()
+*/
+
+QPoint QWidget::mapFromParent(const QPoint &pos) const
+{
+ return pos - data->crect.topLeft();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns the window for this widget, i.e. the next ancestor widget
+ that has (or could have) a window-system frame.
+
+ If the widget is a window, the widget itself is returned.
+
+ Typical usage is changing the window title:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 3
+
+ \sa isWindow()
+*/
+
+QWidget *QWidget::window() const
+{
+ QWidget *w = (QWidget *)this;
+ QWidget *p = w->parentWidget();
+ while (!w->isWindow() && p) {
+ w = p;
+ p = p->parentWidget();
+ }
+ return w;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \since 4.4
+
+ Returns the native parent for this widget, i.e. the next ancestor widget
+ that has a system identifier, or 0 if it does not have any native parent.
+
+ \sa effectiveWinId()
+*/
+QWidget *QWidget::nativeParentWidget() const
+{
+ QWidget *parent = parentWidget();
+ while (parent && !parent->internalWinId())
+ parent = parent->parentWidget();
+ return parent;
+}
+
+/*! \fn QWidget *QWidget::topLevelWidget() const
+ \obsolete
+
+ Use window() instead.
+*/
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+ Returns the color role used for painting the widget's background.
+
+ Use QPalette(backgroundRole(()) instead.
+*/
+Qt::BackgroundMode QWidget::backgroundMode() const
+{
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground))
+ return Qt::NoBackground;
+ switch(backgroundRole()) {
+ case QPalette::WindowText:
+ return Qt::PaletteForeground;
+ case QPalette::Button:
+ return Qt::PaletteButton;
+ case QPalette::Light:
+ return Qt::PaletteLight;
+ case QPalette::Midlight:
+ return Qt::PaletteMidlight;
+ case QPalette::Dark:
+ return Qt::PaletteDark;
+ case QPalette::Mid:
+ return Qt::PaletteMid;
+ case QPalette::Text:
+ return Qt::PaletteText;
+ case QPalette::BrightText:
+ return Qt::PaletteBrightText;
+ case QPalette::Base:
+ return Qt::PaletteBase;
+ case QPalette::Window:
+ return Qt::PaletteBackground;
+ case QPalette::Shadow:
+ return Qt::PaletteShadow;
+ case QPalette::Highlight:
+ return Qt::PaletteHighlight;
+ case QPalette::HighlightedText:
+ return Qt::PaletteHighlightedText;
+ case QPalette::ButtonText:
+ return Qt::PaletteButtonText;
+ case QPalette::Link:
+ return Qt::PaletteLink;
+ case QPalette::LinkVisited:
+ return Qt::PaletteLinkVisited;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ return Qt::NoBackground;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setBackgroundMode(Qt::BackgroundMode
+ widgetBackground, Qt::BackgroundMode paletteBackground)
+
+ Sets the color role used for painting the widget's background to
+ background mode \a widgetBackground. The \a paletteBackground mode
+ parameter is ignored.
+*/
+void QWidget::setBackgroundMode(Qt::BackgroundMode m, Qt::BackgroundMode)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if(m == Qt::NoBackground) {
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground, true);
+ return;
+ }
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground, false);
+ d->fg_role = QPalette::NoRole;
+ QPalette::ColorRole role = d->bg_role;
+ switch(m) {
+ case Qt::FixedColor:
+ case Qt::FixedPixmap:
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteForeground:
+ role = QPalette::WindowText;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteButton:
+ role = QPalette::Button;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteLight:
+ role = QPalette::Light;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteMidlight:
+ role = QPalette::Midlight;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteDark:
+ role = QPalette::Dark;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteMid:
+ role = QPalette::Mid;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteText:
+ role = QPalette::Text;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteBrightText:
+ role = QPalette::BrightText;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteBase:
+ role = QPalette::Base;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteBackground:
+ role = QPalette::Window;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteShadow:
+ role = QPalette::Shadow;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteHighlight:
+ role = QPalette::Highlight;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteHighlightedText:
+ role = QPalette::HighlightedText;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteButtonText:
+ role = QPalette::ButtonText;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteLink:
+ role = QPalette::Link;
+ break;
+ case Qt::PaletteLinkVisited:
+ role = QPalette::LinkVisited;
+ break;
+ case Qt::X11ParentRelative:
+ d->fg_role = role = QPalette::NoRole;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ setBackgroundRole(role);
+}
+
+/*!
+ The widget mapper is no longer part of the public API.
+*/
+QT3_SUPPORT QWidgetMapper *QWidget::wmapper() { return QWidgetPrivate::mapper; }
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns the background role of the widget.
+
+ The background role defines the brush from the widget's \l palette that
+ is used to render the background.
+
+ If no explicit background role is set, the widget inherts its parent
+ widget's background role.
+
+ \sa setBackgroundRole(), foregroundRole()
+ */
+QPalette::ColorRole QWidget::backgroundRole() const
+{
+
+ const QWidget *w = this;
+ do {
+ QPalette::ColorRole role = w->d_func()->bg_role;
+ if (role != QPalette::NoRole)
+ return role;
+ if (w->isWindow() || w->windowType() == Qt::SubWindow)
+ break;
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ } while (w);
+ return QPalette::Window;
+}
+
+/*!
+ Sets the background role of the widget to \a role.
+
+ The background role defines the brush from the widget's \l palette that
+ is used to render the background.
+
+ If \a role is QPalette::NoRole, then the widget inherits its
+ parent's background role.
+
+ Note that styles are free to choose any color from the palette.
+ You can modify the palette or set a style sheet if you don't
+ achieve the result you want with setBackgroundRole().
+
+ \sa backgroundRole(), foregroundRole()
+ */
+
+void QWidget::setBackgroundRole(QPalette::ColorRole role)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->bg_role = role;
+ d->updateSystemBackground();
+ d->propagatePaletteChange();
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns the foreground role.
+
+ The foreground role defines the color from the widget's \l palette that
+ is used to draw the foreground.
+
+ If no explicit foreground role is set, the function returns a role
+ that contrasts with the background role.
+
+ \sa setForegroundRole(), backgroundRole()
+ */
+QPalette::ColorRole QWidget::foregroundRole() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ QPalette::ColorRole rl = QPalette::ColorRole(d->fg_role);
+ if (rl != QPalette::NoRole)
+ return rl;
+ QPalette::ColorRole role = QPalette::WindowText;
+ switch (backgroundRole()) {
+ case QPalette::Button:
+ role = QPalette::ButtonText;
+ break;
+ case QPalette::Base:
+ role = QPalette::Text;
+ break;
+ case QPalette::Dark:
+ case QPalette::Shadow:
+ role = QPalette::Light;
+ break;
+ case QPalette::Highlight:
+ role = QPalette::HighlightedText;
+ break;
+ case QPalette::ToolTipBase:
+ role = QPalette::ToolTipText;
+ break;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ return role;
+}
+
+/*!
+ Sets the foreground role of the widget to \a role.
+
+ The foreground role defines the color from the widget's \l palette that
+ is used to draw the foreground.
+
+ If \a role is QPalette::NoRole, the widget uses a foreground role
+ that contrasts with the background role.
+
+ Note that styles are free to choose any color from the palette.
+ You can modify the palette or set a style sheet if you don't
+ achieve the result you want with setForegroundRole().
+
+ \sa foregroundRole(), backgroundRole()
+ */
+void QWidget::setForegroundRole(QPalette::ColorRole role)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->fg_role = role;
+ d->updateSystemBackground();
+ d->propagatePaletteChange();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::palette
+ \brief the widget's palette
+
+ This property describes the widget's palette. The palette is used by the
+ widget's style when rendering standard components, and is available as a
+ means to ensure that custom widgets can maintain consistency with the
+ native platform's look and feel. It's common that different platforms, or
+ different styles, have different palettes.
+
+ When you assign a new palette to a widget, the color roles from this
+ palette are combined with the widget's default palette to form the
+ widget's final palette. The palette entry for the widget's background role
+ is used to fill the widget's background (see QWidget::autoFillBackground),
+ and the foreground role initializes QPainter's pen.
+
+ The default depends on the system environment. QApplication maintains a
+ system/theme palette which serves as a default for all widgets. There may
+ also be special palette defaults for certain types of widgets (e.g., on
+ Windows XP and Vista, all classes that derive from QMenuBar have a special
+ default palette). You can also define default palettes for widgets
+ yourself by passing a custom palette and the name of a widget to
+ QApplication::setPalette(). Finally, the style always has the option of
+ polishing the palette as it's assigned (see QStyle::polish()).
+
+ QWidget propagates explicit palette roles from parent to child. If you
+ assign a brush or color to a specific role on a palette and assign that
+ palette to a widget, that role will propagate to all the widget's
+ children, overriding any system defaults for that role. Note that palettes
+ by default don't propagate to windows (see isWindow()) unless the
+ Qt::WA_WindowPropagation attribute is enabled.
+
+ QWidget's palette propagation is similar to its font propagation.
+
+ The current style, which is used to render the content of all standard Qt
+ widgets, is free to choose colors and brushes from the widget palette, or
+ in some cases, to ignore the palette (partially, or completely). In
+ particular, certain styles like GTK style, Mac style, Windows XP, and
+ Vista style, depend on third party APIs to render the content of widgets,
+ and these styles typically do not follow the palette. Because of this,
+ assigning roles to a widget's palette is not guaranteed to change the
+ appearance of the widget. Instead, you may choose to apply a \l
+ styleSheet. You can refer to our Knowledge Base article
+ \l{http://qt.nokia.com/developer/knowledgebase/22}{here} for more
+ information.
+
+ \warning Do not use this function in conjunction with \l{Qt Style Sheets}.
+ When using style sheets, the palette of a widget can be customized using
+ the "color", "background-color", "selection-color",
+ "selection-background-color" and "alternate-background-color".
+
+ \sa QApplication::palette(), QWidget::font()
+*/
+const QPalette &QWidget::palette() const
+{
+ if (!isEnabled()) {
+ data->pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Disabled);
+ } else if ((!isVisible() || isActiveWindow())
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN) && !defined(Q_WS_WINCE)
+ && !QApplicationPrivate::isBlockedByModal(const_cast<QWidget *>(this))
+#endif
+ ) {
+ data->pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Active);
+ } else {
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ extern bool qt_mac_can_clickThrough(const QWidget *); //qwidget_mac.cpp
+ if (qt_mac_can_clickThrough(this))
+ data->pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Active);
+ else
+#endif
+ data->pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Inactive);
+ }
+ return data->pal;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setPalette(const QPalette &palette)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetPalette, palette.resolve() != 0);
+
+ // Determine which palette is inherited from this widget's ancestors and
+ // QApplication::palette, resolve this against \a palette (attributes from
+ // the inherited palette are copied over this widget's palette). Then
+ // propagate this palette to this widget's children.
+ QPalette naturalPalette = d->naturalWidgetPalette(d->inheritedPaletteResolveMask);
+ QPalette resolvedPalette = palette.resolve(naturalPalette);
+ d->setPalette_helper(resolvedPalette);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Returns the palette that the widget \a w inherits from its ancestors and
+ QApplication::palette. \a inheritedMask is the combination of the widget's
+ ancestors palette request masks (i.e., which attributes from the parent
+ widget's palette are implicitly imposed on this widget by the user). Note
+ that this font does not take into account the palette set on \a w itself.
+*/
+QPalette QWidgetPrivate::naturalWidgetPalette(uint inheritedMask) const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ QPalette naturalPalette = QApplication::palette(q);
+ if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)
+ && (!q->isWindow() || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation)
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ || (extra && extra->proxyWidget)
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ )) {
+ if (QWidget *p = q->parentWidget()) {
+ if (!p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)) {
+ if (!naturalPalette.isCopyOf(QApplication::palette())) {
+ QPalette inheritedPalette = p->palette();
+ inheritedPalette.resolve(inheritedMask);
+ naturalPalette = inheritedPalette.resolve(naturalPalette);
+ } else {
+ naturalPalette = p->palette();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ else if (extra && extra->proxyWidget) {
+ QPalette inheritedPalette = extra->proxyWidget->palette();
+ inheritedPalette.resolve(inheritedMask);
+ naturalPalette = inheritedPalette.resolve(naturalPalette);
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ }
+ naturalPalette.resolve(0);
+ return naturalPalette;
+}
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Determine which palette is inherited from this widget's ancestors and
+ QApplication::palette, resolve this against this widget's palette
+ (attributes from the inherited palette are copied over this widget's
+ palette). Then propagate this palette to this widget's children.
+*/
+void QWidgetPrivate::resolvePalette()
+{
+ QPalette naturalPalette = naturalWidgetPalette(inheritedPaletteResolveMask);
+ QPalette resolvedPalette = data.pal.resolve(naturalPalette);
+ setPalette_helper(resolvedPalette);
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setPalette_helper(const QPalette &palette)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (data.pal == palette && data.pal.resolve() == palette.resolve())
+ return;
+ data.pal = palette;
+ updateSystemBackground();
+ propagatePaletteChange();
+ updateIsOpaque();
+ q->update();
+ updateIsOpaque();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::font
+ \brief the font currently set for the widget
+
+ This property describes the widget's requested font. The font is used by
+ the widget's style when rendering standard components, and is available as
+ a means to ensure that custom widgets can maintain consistency with the
+ native platform's look and feel. It's common that different platforms, or
+ different styles, define different fonts for an application.
+
+ When you assign a new font to a widget, the properties from this font are
+ combined with the widget's default font to form the widget's final
+ font. You can call fontInfo() to get a copy of the widget's final
+ font. The final font is also used to initialize QPainter's font.
+
+ The default depends on the system environment. QApplication maintains a
+ system/theme font which serves as a default for all widgets. There may
+ also be special font defaults for certain types of widgets. You can also
+ define default fonts for widgets yourself by passing a custom font and the
+ name of a widget to QApplication::setFont(). Finally, the font is matched
+ against Qt's font database to find the best match.
+
+ QWidget propagates explicit font properties from parent to child. If you
+ change a specific property on a font and assign that font to a widget,
+ that property will propagate to all the widget's children, overriding any
+ system defaults for that property. Note that fonts by default don't
+ propagate to windows (see isWindow()) unless the Qt::WA_WindowPropagation
+ attribute is enabled.
+
+ QWidget's font propagation is similar to its palette propagation.
+
+ The current style, which is used to render the content of all standard Qt
+ widgets, is free to choose to use the widget font, or in some cases, to
+ ignore it (partially, or completely). In particular, certain styles like
+ GTK style, Mac style, Windows XP, and Vista style, apply special
+ modifications to the widget font to match the platform's native look and
+ feel. Because of this, assigning properties to a widget's font is not
+ guaranteed to change the appearance of the widget. Instead, you may choose
+ to apply a \l styleSheet.
+
+ \note If \l{Qt Style Sheets} are used on the same widget as setFont(),
+ style sheets will take precedence if the settings conflict.
+
+ \sa fontInfo(), fontMetrics()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFont(const QFont &font)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ const QStyleSheetStyle* style;
+ if (d->extra && (style = qobject_cast<const QStyleSheetStyle*>(d->extra->style))) {
+ style->saveWidgetFont(this, font);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetFont, font.resolve() != 0);
+
+ // Determine which font is inherited from this widget's ancestors and
+ // QApplication::font, resolve this against \a font (attributes from the
+ // inherited font are copied over). Then propagate this font to this
+ // widget's children.
+ QFont naturalFont = d->naturalWidgetFont(d->inheritedFontResolveMask);
+ QFont resolvedFont = font.resolve(naturalFont);
+ d->setFont_helper(resolvedFont);
+}
+
+/*
+ \internal
+
+ Returns the font that the widget \a w inherits from its ancestors and
+ QApplication::font. \a inheritedMask is the combination of the widget's
+ ancestors font request masks (i.e., which attributes from the parent
+ widget's font are implicitly imposed on this widget by the user). Note
+ that this font does not take into account the font set on \a w itself.
+
+ ### Stylesheet has a different font propagation mechanism. When a stylesheet
+ is applied, fonts are not propagated anymore
+*/
+QFont QWidgetPrivate::naturalWidgetFont(uint inheritedMask) const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ QFont naturalFont = QApplication::font(q);
+ if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)
+ && (!q->isWindow() || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation)
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ || (extra && extra->proxyWidget)
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ )) {
+ if (QWidget *p = q->parentWidget()) {
+ if (!p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)) {
+ if (!naturalFont.isCopyOf(QApplication::font())) {
+ QFont inheritedFont = p->font();
+ inheritedFont.resolve(inheritedMask);
+ naturalFont = inheritedFont.resolve(naturalFont);
+ } else {
+ naturalFont = p->font();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ else if (extra && extra->proxyWidget) {
+ QFont inheritedFont = extra->proxyWidget->font();
+ inheritedFont.resolve(inheritedMask);
+ naturalFont = inheritedFont.resolve(naturalFont);
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ }
+ naturalFont.resolve(0);
+ return naturalFont;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Determine which font is implicitly imposed on this widget by its ancestors
+ and QApplication::font, resolve this against its own font (attributes from
+ the implicit font are copied over). Then propagate this font to this
+ widget's children.
+*/
+void QWidgetPrivate::resolveFont()
+{
+ QFont naturalFont = naturalWidgetFont(inheritedFontResolveMask);
+ QFont resolvedFont = data.fnt.resolve(naturalFont);
+ setFont_helper(resolvedFont);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Assign \a font to this widget, and propagate it to all children, except
+ style sheet widgets (handled differently) and windows that don't enable
+ window propagation. \a implicitMask is the union of all ancestor widgets'
+ font request masks, and determines which attributes from this widget's
+ font should propagate.
+*/
+void QWidgetPrivate::updateFont(const QFont &font)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ const QStyleSheetStyle* cssStyle;
+ cssStyle = extra ? qobject_cast<const QStyleSheetStyle*>(extra->style) : 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ QFont old = data.fnt;
+#endif
+ data.fnt = QFont(font, q);
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ // make sure the font set on this widget is associated with the correct screen
+ data.fnt.x11SetScreen(xinfo.screen());
+#endif
+ // Combine new mask with natural mask and propagate to children.
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (!q->parentWidget() && extra && extra->proxyWidget) {
+ QGraphicsProxyWidget *p = extra->proxyWidget;
+ inheritedFontResolveMask = p->d_func()->inheritedFontResolveMask | p->font().resolve();
+ } else
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (q->isWindow() && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation)) {
+ inheritedFontResolveMask = 0;
+ }
+ uint newMask = data.fnt.resolve() | inheritedFontResolveMask;
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i));
+ if (w) {
+ if (0) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ } else if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)) {
+ // Style sheets follow a different font propagation scheme.
+ if (cssStyle)
+ cssStyle->updateStyleSheetFont(w);
+#endif
+ } else if ((!w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation))) {
+ // Propagate font changes.
+ QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func();
+ wd->inheritedFontResolveMask = newMask;
+ wd->resolveFont();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
+ if (cssStyle) {
+ cssStyle->updateStyleSheetFont(q);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::FontChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ q->fontChange(old);
+#endif
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setLayoutDirection_helper(Qt::LayoutDirection direction)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ if ( (direction == Qt::RightToLeft) == q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_RightToLeft))
+ return;
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_RightToLeft, (direction == Qt::RightToLeft));
+ if (!children.isEmpty()) {
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLayoutDirection))
+ w->d_func()->setLayoutDirection_helper(direction);
+ }
+ }
+ QEvent e(QEvent::LayoutDirectionChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::resolveLayoutDirection()
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLayoutDirection))
+ setLayoutDirection_helper(q->isWindow() ? QApplication::layoutDirection() : q->parentWidget()->layoutDirection());
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::layoutDirection
+
+ \brief the layout direction for this widget
+
+ By default, this property is set to Qt::LeftToRight.
+
+ When the layout direction is set on a widget, it will propagate to
+ the widget's children, but not to a child that is a window and not
+ to a child for which setLayoutDirection() has been explicitly
+ called. Also, child widgets added \e after setLayoutDirection()
+ has been called for the parent do not inherit the parent's layout
+ direction.
+
+ This method no longer affects text layout direction since Qt 4.7.
+
+ \sa QApplication::layoutDirection
+*/
+void QWidget::setLayoutDirection(Qt::LayoutDirection direction)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ if (direction == Qt::LayoutDirectionAuto) {
+ unsetLayoutDirection();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLayoutDirection);
+ d->setLayoutDirection_helper(direction);
+}
+
+Qt::LayoutDirection QWidget::layoutDirection() const
+{
+ return testAttribute(Qt::WA_RightToLeft) ? Qt::RightToLeft : Qt::LeftToRight;
+}
+
+void QWidget::unsetLayoutDirection()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLayoutDirection, false);
+ d->resolveLayoutDirection();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn QFontMetrics QWidget::fontMetrics() const
+
+ Returns the font metrics for the widget's current font.
+ Equivalent to QFontMetrics(widget->font()).
+
+ \sa font(), fontInfo(), setFont()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QFontInfo QWidget::fontInfo() const
+
+ Returns the font info for the widget's current font.
+ Equivalent to QFontInto(widget->font()).
+
+ \sa font(), fontMetrics(), setFont()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::cursor
+ \brief the cursor shape for this widget
+
+ The mouse cursor will assume this shape when it's over this
+ widget. See the \link Qt::CursorShape list of predefined cursor
+ objects\endlink for a range of useful shapes.
+
+ An editor widget might use an I-beam cursor:
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 6
+
+ If no cursor has been set, or after a call to unsetCursor(), the
+ parent's cursor is used.
+
+ By default, this property contains a cursor with the Qt::ArrowCursor
+ shape.
+
+ Some underlying window implementations will reset the cursor if it
+ leaves a widget even if the mouse is grabbed. If you want to have
+ a cursor set for all widgets, even when outside the window, consider
+ QApplication::setOverrideCursor().
+
+ \sa QApplication::setOverrideCursor()
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+QCursor QWidget::cursor() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor))
+ return (d->extra && d->extra->curs)
+ ? *d->extra->curs
+ : QCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor);
+ if (isWindow() || !parentWidget())
+ return QCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor);
+ return parentWidget()->cursor();
+}
+
+void QWidget::setCursor(const QCursor &cursor)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+// On Mac we must set the cursor even if it is the ArrowCursor.
+#if !defined(Q_WS_MAC) && !defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+ if (cursor.shape() != Qt::ArrowCursor
+ || (d->extra && d->extra->curs))
+#endif
+ {
+ d->createExtra();
+ QCursor *newCursor = new QCursor(cursor);
+ delete d->extra->curs;
+ d->extra->curs = newCursor;
+ }
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor);
+ d->setCursor_sys(cursor);
+
+ QEvent event(QEvent::CursorChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &event);
+}
+
+void QWidget::unsetCursor()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (d->extra) {
+ delete d->extra->curs;
+ d->extra->curs = 0;
+ }
+ if (!isWindow())
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor, false);
+ d->unsetCursor_sys();
+
+ QEvent event(QEvent::CursorChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &event);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ \enum QWidget::RenderFlag
+
+ This enum describes how to render the widget when calling QWidget::render().
+
+ \value DrawWindowBackground If you enable this option, the widget's background
+ is rendered into the target even if autoFillBackground is not set. By default,
+ this option is enabled.
+
+ \value DrawChildren If you enable this option, the widget's children
+ are rendered recursively into the target. By default, this option is enabled.
+
+ \value IgnoreMask If you enable this option, the widget's QWidget::mask()
+ is ignored when rendering into the target. By default, this option is disabled.
+
+ \since 4.3
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \since 4.3
+
+ Renders the \a sourceRegion of this widget into the \a target
+ using \a renderFlags to determine how to render. Rendering
+ starts at \a targetOffset in the \a target. For example:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 7
+
+ If \a sourceRegion is a null region, this function will use QWidget::rect() as
+ the region, i.e. the entire widget.
+
+ Ensure that you call QPainter::end() for the \a target device's
+ active painter (if any) before rendering. For example:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 8
+
+ \note To obtain the contents of an OpenGL widget, use QGLWidget::grabFrameBuffer()
+ or QGLWidget::renderPixmap() instead.
+*/
+void QWidget::render(QPaintDevice *target, const QPoint &targetOffset,
+ const QRegion &sourceRegion, RenderFlags renderFlags)
+{
+ d_func()->render(target, targetOffset, sourceRegion, renderFlags, false);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ Renders the widget into the \a painter's QPainter::device().
+
+ Transformations and settings applied to the \a painter will be used
+ when rendering.
+
+ \note The \a painter must be active. On Mac OS X the widget will be
+ rendered into a QPixmap and then drawn by the \a painter.
+
+ \sa QPainter::device()
+*/
+void QWidget::render(QPainter *painter, const QPoint &targetOffset,
+ const QRegion &sourceRegion, RenderFlags renderFlags)
+{
+ if (!painter) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::render: Null pointer to painter");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (!painter->isActive()) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::render: Cannot render with an inactive painter");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ const qreal opacity = painter->opacity();
+ if (qFuzzyIsNull(opacity))
+ return; // Fully transparent.
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ const bool inRenderWithPainter = d->extra && d->extra->inRenderWithPainter;
+ const QRegion toBePainted = !inRenderWithPainter ? d->prepareToRender(sourceRegion, renderFlags)
+ : sourceRegion;
+ if (toBePainted.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+ if (!d->extra)
+ d->createExtra();
+ d->extra->inRenderWithPainter = true;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ d->render_helper(painter, targetOffset, toBePainted, renderFlags);
+#else
+ QPaintEngine *engine = painter->paintEngine();
+ Q_ASSERT(engine);
+ QPaintEnginePrivate *enginePriv = engine->d_func();
+ Q_ASSERT(enginePriv);
+ QPaintDevice *target = engine->paintDevice();
+ Q_ASSERT(target);
+
+ // Render via a pixmap when dealing with non-opaque painters or printers.
+ if (!inRenderWithPainter && (opacity < 1.0 || (target->devType() == QInternal::Printer))) {
+ d->render_helper(painter, targetOffset, toBePainted, renderFlags);
+ d->extra->inRenderWithPainter = false;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Set new shared painter.
+ QPainter *oldPainter = d->sharedPainter();
+ d->setSharedPainter(painter);
+
+ // Save current system clip, viewport and transform,
+ const QTransform oldTransform = enginePriv->systemTransform;
+ const QRegion oldSystemClip = enginePriv->systemClip;
+ const QRegion oldSystemViewport = enginePriv->systemViewport;
+
+ // This ensures that all painting triggered by render() is clipped to the current engine clip.
+ if (painter->hasClipping()) {
+ const QRegion painterClip = painter->deviceTransform().map(painter->clipRegion());
+ enginePriv->setSystemViewport(oldSystemClip.isEmpty() ? painterClip : oldSystemClip & painterClip);
+ } else {
+ enginePriv->setSystemViewport(oldSystemClip);
+ }
+
+ render(target, targetOffset, toBePainted, renderFlags);
+
+ // Restore system clip, viewport and transform.
+ enginePriv->systemClip = oldSystemClip;
+ enginePriv->setSystemViewport(oldSystemViewport);
+ enginePriv->setSystemTransform(oldTransform);
+
+ // Restore shared painter.
+ d->setSharedPainter(oldPainter);
+#endif
+
+ d->extra->inRenderWithPainter = false;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \brief The graphicsEffect function returns a pointer to the
+ widget's graphics effect.
+
+ If the widget has no graphics effect, 0 is returned.
+
+ \since 4.6
+
+ \sa setGraphicsEffect()
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+QGraphicsEffect *QWidget::graphicsEffect() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->graphicsEffect;
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+
+/*!
+
+ \brief The setGraphicsEffect function is for setting the widget's graphics effect.
+
+ Sets \a effect as the widget's effect. If there already is an effect installed
+ on this widget, QWidget will delete the existing effect before installing
+ the new \a effect.
+
+ If \a effect is the installed on a different widget, setGraphicsEffect() will remove
+ the effect from the widget and install it on this widget.
+
+ QWidget takes ownership of \a effect.
+
+ \note This function will apply the effect on itself and all its children.
+
+ \since 4.6
+
+ \sa graphicsEffect()
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+void QWidget::setGraphicsEffect(QGraphicsEffect *effect)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (d->graphicsEffect == effect)
+ return;
+
+ if (d->graphicsEffect) {
+ d->invalidateBuffer(rect());
+ delete d->graphicsEffect;
+ d->graphicsEffect = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (effect) {
+ // Set new effect.
+ QGraphicsEffectSourcePrivate *sourced = new QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate(this);
+ QGraphicsEffectSource *source = new QGraphicsEffectSource(*sourced);
+ d->graphicsEffect = effect;
+ effect->d_func()->setGraphicsEffectSource(source);
+ update();
+ }
+
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+
+bool QWidgetPrivate::isAboutToShow() const
+{
+ if (data.in_show)
+ return true;
+
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ if (q->isHidden())
+ return false;
+
+ // The widget will be shown if any of its ancestors are about to show.
+ QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget();
+ return parent ? parent->d_func()->isAboutToShow() : false;
+}
+
+QRegion QWidgetPrivate::prepareToRender(const QRegion &region, QWidget::RenderFlags renderFlags)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ const bool isVisible = q->isVisible();
+
+ // Make sure the widget is laid out correctly.
+ if (!isVisible && !isAboutToShow()) {
+ QWidget *topLevel = q->window();
+ (void)topLevel->d_func()->topData(); // Make sure we at least have top-data.
+ topLevel->ensurePolished();
+
+ // Invalidate the layout of hidden ancestors (incl. myself) and pretend
+ // they're not explicitly hidden.
+ QWidget *widget = q;
+ QWidgetList hiddenWidgets;
+ while (widget) {
+ if (widget->isHidden()) {
+ widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, false);
+ hiddenWidgets.append(widget);
+ if (!widget->isWindow() && widget->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout)
+ widget->d_func()->updateGeometry_helper(true);
+ }
+ widget = widget->parentWidget();
+ }
+
+ // Activate top-level layout.
+ if (topLevel->d_func()->layout)
+ topLevel->d_func()->layout->activate();
+
+ // Adjust size if necessary.
+ QTLWExtra *topLevelExtra = topLevel->d_func()->maybeTopData();
+ if (topLevelExtra && !topLevelExtra->sizeAdjusted
+ && !topLevel->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized)) {
+ topLevel->adjustSize();
+ topLevel->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, false);
+ }
+
+ // Activate child layouts.
+ topLevel->d_func()->activateChildLayoutsRecursively();
+
+ // We're not cheating with WA_WState_Hidden anymore.
+ for (int i = 0; i < hiddenWidgets.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *widget = hiddenWidgets.at(i);
+ widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden);
+ if (!widget->isWindow() && widget->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout)
+ widget->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout->invalidate();
+ }
+ } else if (isVisible) {
+ q->window()->d_func()->sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(true, true);
+ }
+
+ // Calculate the region to be painted.
+ QRegion toBePainted = !region.isEmpty() ? region : QRegion(q->rect());
+ if (!(renderFlags & QWidget::IgnoreMask) && extra && extra->hasMask)
+ toBePainted &= extra->mask;
+ return toBePainted;
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::render_helper(QPainter *painter, const QPoint &targetOffset, const QRegion &toBePainted,
+ QWidget::RenderFlags renderFlags)
+{
+ Q_ASSERT(painter);
+ Q_ASSERT(!toBePainted.isEmpty());
+
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ const QTransform originalTransform = painter->worldTransform();
+ const bool useDeviceCoordinates = originalTransform.isScaling();
+ if (!useDeviceCoordinates) {
+#endif
+ // Render via a pixmap.
+ const QRect rect = toBePainted.boundingRect();
+ const QSize size = rect.size();
+ if (size.isNull())
+ return;
+
+ QPixmap pixmap(size);
+ if (!(renderFlags & QWidget::DrawWindowBackground) || !isOpaque)
+ pixmap.fill(Qt::transparent);
+ q->render(&pixmap, QPoint(), toBePainted, renderFlags);
+
+ const bool restore = !(painter->renderHints() & QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform);
+ painter->setRenderHints(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform, true);
+
+ painter->drawPixmap(targetOffset, pixmap);
+
+ if (restore)
+ painter->setRenderHints(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform, false);
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ } else {
+ // Render via a pixmap in device coordinates (to avoid pixmap scaling).
+ QTransform transform = originalTransform;
+ transform.translate(targetOffset.x(), targetOffset.y());
+
+ QPaintDevice *device = painter->device();
+ Q_ASSERT(device);
+
+ // Calculate device rect.
+ const QRectF rect(toBePainted.boundingRect());
+ QRect deviceRect = transform.mapRect(QRectF(0, 0, rect.width(), rect.height())).toAlignedRect();
+ deviceRect &= QRect(0, 0, device->width(), device->height());
+
+ QPixmap pixmap(deviceRect.size());
+ pixmap.fill(Qt::transparent);
+
+ // Create a pixmap device coordinate painter.
+ QPainter pixmapPainter(&pixmap);
+ pixmapPainter.setRenderHints(painter->renderHints());
+ transform *= QTransform::fromTranslate(-deviceRect.x(), -deviceRect.y());
+ pixmapPainter.setTransform(transform);
+
+ q->render(&pixmapPainter, QPoint(), toBePainted, renderFlags);
+ pixmapPainter.end();
+
+ // And then draw the pixmap.
+ painter->setTransform(QTransform());
+ painter->drawPixmap(deviceRect.topLeft(), pixmap);
+ painter->setTransform(originalTransform);
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::drawWidget(QPaintDevice *pdev, const QRegion &rgn, const QPoint &offset, int flags,
+ QPainter *sharedPainter, QWidgetBackingStore *backingStore)
+{
+ if (rgn.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) && defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
+ if (qt_mac_clearDirtyOnWidgetInsideDrawWidget)
+ dirtyOnWidget = QRegion();
+
+ // We disable the rendering of QToolBar in the backingStore if
+ // it's supposed to be in the unified toolbar on Mac OS X.
+ if (backingStore && isInUnifiedToolbar)
+ return;
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC && QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+
+
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+ if (graphicsEffect && graphicsEffect->isEnabled()) {
+ QGraphicsEffectSource *source = graphicsEffect->d_func()->source;
+ QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate *sourced = static_cast<QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate *>
+ (source->d_func());
+ if (!sourced->context) {
+ QWidgetPaintContext context(pdev, rgn, offset, flags, sharedPainter, backingStore);
+ sourced->context = &context;
+ if (!sharedPainter) {
+ QPaintEngine *paintEngine = pdev->paintEngine();
+ paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = rgn.translated(offset);
+ QPainter p(pdev);
+ p.translate(offset);
+ context.painter = &p;
+ graphicsEffect->draw(&p);
+ paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = QRegion();
+ } else {
+ context.painter = sharedPainter;
+ if (sharedPainter->worldTransform() != sourced->lastEffectTransform) {
+ sourced->invalidateCache();
+ sourced->lastEffectTransform = sharedPainter->worldTransform();
+ }
+ sharedPainter->save();
+ sharedPainter->translate(offset);
+ graphicsEffect->draw(sharedPainter);
+ sharedPainter->restore();
+ }
+ sourced->context = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAFFICSEFFECT
+
+ const bool asRoot = flags & DrawAsRoot;
+ const bool alsoOnScreen = flags & DrawPaintOnScreen;
+ const bool recursive = flags & DrawRecursive;
+ const bool alsoInvisible = flags & DrawInvisible;
+
+ Q_ASSERT(sharedPainter ? sharedPainter->isActive() : true);
+
+ QRegion toBePainted(rgn);
+ if (asRoot && !alsoInvisible)
+ toBePainted &= clipRect(); //(rgn & visibleRegion());
+ if (!(flags & DontSubtractOpaqueChildren))
+ subtractOpaqueChildren(toBePainted, q->rect());
+
+ if (!toBePainted.isEmpty()) {
+ bool onScreen = paintOnScreen();
+ if (!onScreen || alsoOnScreen) {
+ //update the "in paint event" flag
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent))
+ qWarning("QWidget::repaint: Recursive repaint detected");
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent);
+
+ //clip away the new area
+#ifndef QT_NO_PAINT_DEBUG
+ bool flushed = QWidgetBackingStore::flushPaint(q, toBePainted);
+#endif
+ QPaintEngine *paintEngine = pdev->paintEngine();
+ if (paintEngine) {
+ setRedirected(pdev, -offset);
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ // (Alien support) Special case for Mac when redirecting: If the paint device
+ // is of the Widget type we need to set WA_WState_InPaintEvent since painting
+ // outside the paint event is not supported on QWidgets. The attributeis
+ // restored further down.
+ if (pdev->devType() == QInternal::Widget)
+ static_cast<QWidget *>(pdev)->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent);
+
+#endif
+ if (sharedPainter)
+ paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = toBePainted;
+ else
+ paintEngine->d_func()->systemRect = q->data->crect;
+
+ //paint the background
+ if ((asRoot || q->autoFillBackground() || onScreen || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyledBackground))
+ && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent) && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground)) {
+ QPainter p(q);
+ paintBackground(&p, toBePainted, (asRoot || onScreen) ? flags | DrawAsRoot : 0);
+ }
+
+ if (!sharedPainter)
+ paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = toBePainted.translated(offset);
+
+ if (!onScreen && !asRoot && !isOpaque && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TintedBackground)) {
+ QPainter p(q);
+ QColor tint = q->palette().window().color();
+ tint.setAlphaF(qreal(.6));
+ p.fillRect(toBePainted.boundingRect(), tint);
+ }
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ qDebug() << "painting" << q << "opaque ==" << isOpaque();
+ qDebug() << "clipping to" << toBePainted << "location == " << offset
+ << "geometry ==" << QRect(q->mapTo(q->window(), QPoint(0, 0)), q->size());
+#endif
+
+ //actually send the paint event
+ QPaintEvent e(toBePainted);
+ QCoreApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(q, &e);
+#if !defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(Q_WS_QPA)
+ if (backingStore && !onScreen && !asRoot && (q->internalWinId() || !q->nativeParentWidget()->isWindow()))
+ backingStore->markDirtyOnScreen(toBePainted, q, offset);
+#endif
+
+ //restore
+ if (paintEngine) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ if (pdev->devType() == QInternal::Widget)
+ static_cast<QWidget *>(pdev)->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent, false);
+#endif
+ restoreRedirected();
+ if (!sharedPainter)
+ paintEngine->d_func()->systemRect = QRect();
+ else
+ paintEngine->d_func()->currentClipWidget = 0;
+ paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = QRegion();
+ }
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent, false);
+ if (q->paintingActive() && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOutsidePaintEvent))
+ qWarning("QWidget::repaint: It is dangerous to leave painters active on a widget outside of the PaintEvent");
+
+ if (paintEngine && paintEngine->autoDestruct()) {
+ delete paintEngine;
+ }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PAINT_DEBUG
+ if (flushed)
+ QWidgetBackingStore::unflushPaint(q, toBePainted);
+#endif
+ } else if (q->isWindow()) {
+ QPaintEngine *engine = pdev->paintEngine();
+ if (engine) {
+ QPainter p(pdev);
+ p.setClipRegion(toBePainted);
+ const QBrush bg = q->palette().brush(QPalette::Window);
+ if (bg.style() == Qt::TexturePattern)
+ p.drawTiledPixmap(q->rect(), bg.texture());
+ else
+ p.fillRect(q->rect(), bg);
+
+ if (engine->autoDestruct())
+ delete engine;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (recursive && !children.isEmpty()) {
+ paintSiblingsRecursive(pdev, children, children.size() - 1, rgn, offset, flags & ~DrawAsRoot
+#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+ , q->windowSurface()
+#endif
+ , sharedPainter, backingStore);
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::render(QPaintDevice *target, const QPoint &targetOffset,
+ const QRegion &sourceRegion, QWidget::RenderFlags renderFlags,
+ bool readyToRender)
+{
+ if (!target) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::render: null pointer to paint device");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ const bool inRenderWithPainter = extra && extra->inRenderWithPainter;
+ QRegion paintRegion = !inRenderWithPainter && !readyToRender
+ ? prepareToRender(sourceRegion, renderFlags)
+ : sourceRegion;
+ if (paintRegion.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ QPainter *oldSharedPainter = inRenderWithPainter ? sharedPainter() : 0;
+
+ // Use the target's shared painter if set (typically set when doing
+ // "other->render(widget);" in the widget's paintEvent.
+ if (target->devType() == QInternal::Widget) {
+ QWidgetPrivate *targetPrivate = static_cast<QWidget *>(target)->d_func();
+ if (targetPrivate->extra && targetPrivate->extra->inRenderWithPainter) {
+ QPainter *targetPainter = targetPrivate->sharedPainter();
+ if (targetPainter && targetPainter->isActive())
+ setSharedPainter(targetPainter);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ // Use the target's redirected device if set and adjust offset and paint
+ // region accordingly. This is typically the case when people call render
+ // from the paintEvent.
+ QPoint offset = targetOffset;
+ offset -= paintRegion.boundingRect().topLeft();
+ QPoint redirectionOffset;
+ QPaintDevice *redirected = 0;
+
+ if (target->devType() == QInternal::Widget)
+ redirected = static_cast<QWidget *>(target)->d_func()->redirected(&redirectionOffset);
+ if (!redirected)
+ redirected = QPainter::redirected(target, &redirectionOffset);
+
+ if (redirected) {
+ target = redirected;
+ offset -= redirectionOffset;
+ }
+
+ if (!inRenderWithPainter) { // Clip handled by shared painter (in qpainter.cpp).
+ if (QPaintEngine *targetEngine = target->paintEngine()) {
+ const QRegion targetSystemClip = targetEngine->systemClip();
+ if (!targetSystemClip.isEmpty())
+ paintRegion &= targetSystemClip.translated(-offset);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Set backingstore flags.
+ int flags = DrawPaintOnScreen | DrawInvisible;
+ if (renderFlags & QWidget::DrawWindowBackground)
+ flags |= DrawAsRoot;
+
+ if (renderFlags & QWidget::DrawChildren)
+ flags |= DrawRecursive;
+ else
+ flags |= DontSubtractOpaqueChildren;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+ flags |= DontSetCompositionMode;
+#endif
+
+ if (target->devType() == QInternal::Printer) {
+ QPainter p(target);
+ render_helper(&p, targetOffset, paintRegion, renderFlags);
+ return;
+ }
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ // Render via backingstore.
+ drawWidget(target, paintRegion, offset, flags, sharedPainter());
+
+ // Restore shared painter.
+ if (oldSharedPainter)
+ setSharedPainter(oldSharedPainter);
+#else
+ // Render via backingstore (no shared painter).
+ drawWidget(target, paintRegion, offset, flags, 0);
+#endif
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::paintSiblingsRecursive(QPaintDevice *pdev, const QObjectList& siblings, int index, const QRegion &rgn,
+ const QPoint &offset, int flags
+#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+ , const QWindowSurface *currentSurface
+#endif
+ , QPainter *sharedPainter, QWidgetBackingStore *backingStore)
+{
+ QWidget *w = 0;
+ QRect boundingRect;
+ bool dirtyBoundingRect = true;
+ const bool exludeOpaqueChildren = (flags & DontDrawOpaqueChildren);
+ const bool excludeNativeChildren = (flags & DontDrawNativeChildren);
+
+ do {
+ QWidget *x = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(siblings.at(index));
+ if (x && !(exludeOpaqueChildren && x->d_func()->isOpaque) && !x->isHidden() && !x->isWindow()
+ && !(excludeNativeChildren && x->internalWinId())) {
+ if (dirtyBoundingRect) {
+ boundingRect = rgn.boundingRect();
+ dirtyBoundingRect = false;
+ }
+
+ if (qRectIntersects(boundingRect, x->d_func()->effectiveRectFor(x->data->crect))) {
+#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+ if (x->windowSurface() == currentSurface)
+#endif
+ {
+ w = x;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ --index;
+ } while (index >= 0);
+
+ if (!w)
+ return;
+
+ QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func();
+ const QPoint widgetPos(w->data->crect.topLeft());
+ const bool hasMask = wd->extra && wd->extra->hasMask && !wd->graphicsEffect;
+ if (index > 0) {
+ QRegion wr(rgn);
+ if (wd->isOpaque)
+ wr -= hasMask ? wd->extra->mask.translated(widgetPos) : w->data->crect;
+ paintSiblingsRecursive(pdev, siblings, --index, wr, offset, flags
+#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+ , currentSurface
+#endif
+ , sharedPainter, backingStore);
+ }
+
+ if (w->updatesEnabled()
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ && (!w->d_func()->extra || !w->d_func()->extra->proxyWidget)
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ ) {
+ QRegion wRegion(rgn);
+ wRegion &= wd->effectiveRectFor(w->data->crect);
+ wRegion.translate(-widgetPos);
+ if (hasMask)
+ wRegion &= wd->extra->mask;
+ wd->drawWidget(pdev, wRegion, offset + widgetPos, flags, sharedPainter, backingStore);
+ }
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+QRectF QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate::boundingRect(Qt::CoordinateSystem system) const
+{
+ if (system != Qt::DeviceCoordinates)
+ return m_widget->rect();
+
+ if (!context) {
+ // Device coordinates without context not yet supported.
+ qWarning("QGraphicsEffectSource::boundingRect: Not yet implemented, lacking device context");
+ return QRectF();
+ }
+
+ return context->painter->worldTransform().mapRect(m_widget->rect());
+}
+
+void QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate::draw(QPainter *painter)
+{
+ if (!context || context->painter != painter) {
+ m_widget->render(painter);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // The region saved in the context is neither clipped to the rect
+ // nor the mask, so we have to clip it here before calling drawWidget.
+ QRegion toBePainted = context->rgn;
+ toBePainted &= m_widget->rect();
+ QWidgetPrivate *wd = qt_widget_private(m_widget);
+ if (wd->extra && wd->extra->hasMask)
+ toBePainted &= wd->extra->mask;
+
+ wd->drawWidget(context->pdev, toBePainted, context->offset, context->flags,
+ context->sharedPainter, context->backingStore);
+}
+
+QPixmap QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate::pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system, QPoint *offset,
+ QGraphicsEffect::PixmapPadMode mode) const
+{
+ const bool deviceCoordinates = (system == Qt::DeviceCoordinates);
+ if (!context && deviceCoordinates) {
+ // Device coordinates without context not yet supported.
+ qWarning("QGraphicsEffectSource::pixmap: Not yet implemented, lacking device context");
+ return QPixmap();
+ }
+
+ QPoint pixmapOffset;
+ QRectF sourceRect = m_widget->rect();
+
+ if (deviceCoordinates) {
+ const QTransform &painterTransform = context->painter->worldTransform();
+ sourceRect = painterTransform.mapRect(sourceRect);
+ pixmapOffset = painterTransform.map(pixmapOffset);
+ }
+
+ QRect effectRect;
+
+ if (mode == QGraphicsEffect::PadToEffectiveBoundingRect)
+ effectRect = m_widget->graphicsEffect()->boundingRectFor(sourceRect).toAlignedRect();
+ else if (mode == QGraphicsEffect::PadToTransparentBorder)
+ effectRect = sourceRect.adjusted(-1, -1, 1, 1).toAlignedRect();
+ else
+ effectRect = sourceRect.toAlignedRect();
+
+ if (offset)
+ *offset = effectRect.topLeft();
+
+ pixmapOffset -= effectRect.topLeft();
+
+ QPixmap pixmap(effectRect.size());
+ pixmap.fill(Qt::transparent);
+ m_widget->render(&pixmap, pixmapOffset, QRegion(), QWidget::DrawChildren);
+ return pixmap;
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Finds the nearest widget embedded in a graphics proxy widget along the chain formed by this
+ widget and its ancestors. The search starts at \a origin (inclusive).
+ If successful, the function returns the proxy that embeds the widget, or 0 if no embedded
+ widget was found.
+*/
+QGraphicsProxyWidget * QWidgetPrivate::nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(const QWidget *origin)
+{
+ if (origin) {
+ QWExtra *extra = origin->d_func()->extra;
+ if (extra && extra->proxyWidget)
+ return extra->proxyWidget;
+ return nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(origin->parentWidget());
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::locale
+ \brief the widget's locale
+ \since 4.3
+
+ As long as no special locale has been set, this is either
+ the parent's locale or (if this widget is a top level widget),
+ the default locale.
+
+ If the widget displays dates or numbers, these should be formatted
+ using the widget's locale.
+
+ \sa QLocale QLocale::setDefault()
+*/
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setLocale_helper(const QLocale &loc, bool forceUpdate)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (locale == loc && !forceUpdate)
+ return;
+
+ locale = loc;
+
+ if (!children.isEmpty()) {
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i));
+ if (!w)
+ continue;
+ if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale))
+ continue;
+ if (w->isWindow() && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation))
+ continue;
+ w->d_func()->setLocale_helper(loc, forceUpdate);
+ }
+ }
+ QEvent e(QEvent::LocaleChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+}
+
+void QWidget::setLocale(const QLocale &locale)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale);
+ d->setLocale_helper(locale);
+}
+
+QLocale QWidget::locale() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+
+ return d->locale;
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::resolveLocale()
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+
+ if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale)) {
+ setLocale_helper(q->isWindow()
+ ? QLocale()
+ : q->parentWidget()->locale());
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidget::unsetLocale()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale, false);
+ d->resolveLocale();
+}
+
+static QString constructWindowTitleFromFilePath(const QString &filePath)
+{
+ QFileInfo fi(filePath);
+ QString windowTitle = fi.fileName() + QLatin1String("[*]");
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ QString appName = QApplication::applicationName();
+ if (!appName.isEmpty())
+ windowTitle += QLatin1Char(' ') + QChar(0x2014) + QLatin1Char(' ') + appName;
+#endif
+ return windowTitle;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::windowTitle
+ \brief the window title (caption)
+
+ This property only makes sense for top-level widgets, such as
+ windows and dialogs. If no caption has been set, the title is based of the
+ \l windowFilePath. If neither of these is set, then the title is
+ an empty string.
+
+ If you use the \l windowModified mechanism, the window title must
+ contain a "[*]" placeholder, which indicates where the '*' should
+ appear. Normally, it should appear right after the file name
+ (e.g., "document1.txt[*] - Text Editor"). If the \l
+ windowModified property is false (the default), the placeholder
+ is simply removed.
+
+ \sa windowIcon, windowIconText, windowModified, windowFilePath
+*/
+QString QWidget::windowTitle() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) {
+ if (!d->extra->topextra->caption.isEmpty())
+ return d->extra->topextra->caption;
+ if (!d->extra->topextra->filePath.isEmpty())
+ return constructWindowTitleFromFilePath(d->extra->topextra->filePath);
+ }
+ return QString();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns a modified window title with the [*] place holder
+ replaced according to the rules described in QWidget::setWindowTitle
+
+ This function assumes that "[*]" can be quoted by another
+ "[*]", so it will replace two place holders by one and
+ a single last one by either "*" or nothing depending on
+ the modified flag.
+
+ \internal
+*/
+QString qt_setWindowTitle_helperHelper(const QString &title, const QWidget *widget)
+{
+ Q_ASSERT(widget);
+
+#ifdef QT_EVAL
+ extern QString qt_eval_adapt_window_title(const QString &title);
+ QString cap = qt_eval_adapt_window_title(title);
+#else
+ QString cap = title;
+#endif
+
+ if (cap.isEmpty())
+ return cap;
+
+ QLatin1String placeHolder("[*]");
+ int placeHolderLength = 3; // QLatin1String doesn't have length()
+
+ int index = cap.indexOf(placeHolder);
+
+ // here the magic begins
+ while (index != -1) {
+ index += placeHolderLength;
+ int count = 1;
+ while (cap.indexOf(placeHolder, index) == index) {
+ ++count;
+ index += placeHolderLength;
+ }
+
+ if (count%2) { // odd number of [*] -> replace last one
+ int lastIndex = cap.lastIndexOf(placeHolder, index - 1);
+ if (widget->isWindowModified()
+ && widget->style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_TitleBar_ModifyNotification, 0, widget))
+ cap.replace(lastIndex, 3, QWidget::tr("*"));
+ else
+ cap.remove(lastIndex, 3);
+ }
+
+ index = cap.indexOf(placeHolder, index);
+ }
+
+ cap.replace(QLatin1String("[*][*]"), placeHolder);
+
+ return cap;
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowTitle_helper(const QString &title)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ setWindowTitle_sys(qt_setWindowTitle_helperHelper(title, q));
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowIconText_helper(const QString &title)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ setWindowIconText_sys(qt_setWindowTitle_helperHelper(title, q));
+}
+
+void QWidget::setWindowIconText(const QString &iconText)
+{
+ if (QWidget::windowIconText() == iconText)
+ return;
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->topData()->iconText = iconText;
+ d->setWindowIconText_helper(iconText);
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::IconTextChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+void QWidget::setWindowTitle(const QString &title)
+{
+ if (QWidget::windowTitle() == title && !title.isEmpty() && !title.isNull())
+ return;
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->topData()->caption = title;
+ d->setWindowTitle_helper(title);
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::WindowTitleChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::windowIcon
+ \brief the widget's icon
+
+ This property only makes sense for windows. If no icon
+ has been set, windowIcon() returns the application icon
+ (QApplication::windowIcon()).
+
+ \sa windowIconText, windowTitle
+*/
+QIcon QWidget::windowIcon() const
+{
+ const QWidget *w = this;
+ while (w) {
+ const QWidgetPrivate *d = w->d_func();
+ if (d->extra && d->extra->topextra && d->extra->topextra->icon)
+ return *d->extra->topextra->icon;
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ }
+ return QApplication::windowIcon();
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowIcon_helper()
+{
+ QEvent e(QEvent::WindowIconChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q_func(), &e);
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->isWindow())
+ QApplication::sendEvent(w, &e);
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidget::setWindowIcon(const QIcon &icon)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowIcon, !icon.isNull());
+ d->createTLExtra();
+
+ if (!d->extra->topextra->icon)
+ d->extra->topextra->icon = new QIcon();
+ *d->extra->topextra->icon = icon;
+
+ delete d->extra->topextra->iconPixmap;
+ d->extra->topextra->iconPixmap = 0;
+
+ d->setWindowIcon_sys();
+ d->setWindowIcon_helper();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::windowIconText
+ \brief the widget's icon text
+
+ This property only makes sense for windows. If no icon
+ text has been set, this functions returns an empty string.
+
+ \sa windowIcon, windowTitle
+*/
+
+QString QWidget::windowIconText() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) ? d->extra->topextra->iconText : QString();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::windowFilePath
+ \since 4.4
+ \brief the file path associated with a widget
+
+ This property only makes sense for windows. It associates a file path with
+ a window. If you set the file path, but have not set the window title, Qt
+ sets the window title to contain a string created using the following
+ components.
+
+ On Mac OS X:
+
+ \list
+ \o The file name of the specified path, obtained using QFileInfo::fileName().
+ \endlist
+
+ On Windows and X11:
+
+ \list
+ \o The file name of the specified path, obtained using QFileInfo::fileName().
+ \o An optional \c{*} character, if the \l windowModified property is set.
+ \o The \c{0x2014} unicode character, padded either side by spaces.
+ \o The application name, obtained from the application's
+ \l{QCoreApplication::}{applicationName} property.
+ \endlist
+
+ If the window title is set at any point, then the window title takes precedence and
+ will be shown instead of the file path string.
+
+ Additionally, on Mac OS X, this has an added benefit that it sets the
+ \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/UserExperience/Conceptual/OSXHIGuidelines/XHIGWindows/chapter_17_section_3.html}{proxy icon}
+ for the window, assuming that the file path exists.
+
+ If no file path is set, this property contains an empty string.
+
+ By default, this property contains an empty string.
+
+ \sa windowTitle, windowIcon
+*/
+
+QString QWidget::windowFilePath() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) ? d->extra->topextra->filePath : QString();
+}
+
+void QWidget::setWindowFilePath(const QString &filePath)
+{
+ if (filePath == windowFilePath())
+ return;
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ d->createTLExtra();
+ d->extra->topextra->filePath = filePath;
+ d->setWindowFilePath_helper(filePath);
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowFilePath_helper(const QString &filePath)
+{
+ if (extra->topextra && extra->topextra->caption.isEmpty()) {
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ setWindowTitle_helper(QFileInfo(filePath).fileName());
+#else
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ Q_UNUSED(filePath);
+ setWindowTitle_helper(q->windowTitle());
+#endif
+ }
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ setWindowFilePath_sys(filePath);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns the window's role, or an empty string.
+
+ \sa windowIcon, windowTitle
+*/
+
+QString QWidget::windowRole() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) ? d->extra->topextra->role : QString();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Sets the window's role to \a role. This only makes sense for
+ windows on X11.
+*/
+void QWidget::setWindowRole(const QString &role)
+{
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->topData()->role = role;
+ d->setWindowRole();
+#else
+ Q_UNUSED(role)
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::mouseTracking
+ \brief whether mouse tracking is enabled for the widget
+
+ If mouse tracking is disabled (the default), the widget only
+ receives mouse move events when at least one mouse button is
+ pressed while the mouse is being moved.
+
+ If mouse tracking is enabled, the widget receives mouse move
+ events even if no buttons are pressed.
+
+ \sa mouseMoveEvent()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+ Sets the widget's focus proxy to widget \a w. If \a w is 0, the
+ function resets this widget to have no focus proxy.
+
+ Some widgets can "have focus", but create a child widget, such as
+ QLineEdit, to actually handle the focus. In this case, the widget
+ can set the line edit to be its focus proxy.
+
+ setFocusProxy() sets the widget which will actually get focus when
+ "this widget" gets it. If there is a focus proxy, setFocus() and
+ hasFocus() operate on the focus proxy.
+
+ \sa focusProxy()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFocusProxy(QWidget * w)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!w && !d->extra)
+ return;
+
+ for (QWidget* fp = w; fp; fp = fp->focusProxy()) {
+ if (fp == this) {
+ qWarning("QWidget: %s (%s) already in focus proxy chain", metaObject()->className(), objectName().toLocal8Bit().constData());
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ d->createExtra();
+ d->extra->focus_proxy = w;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns the focus proxy, or 0 if there is no focus proxy.
+
+ \sa setFocusProxy()
+*/
+
+QWidget * QWidget::focusProxy() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->extra ? (QWidget *)d->extra->focus_proxy : 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::focus
+ \brief whether this widget (or its focus proxy) has the keyboard
+ input focus
+
+ By default, this property is false.
+
+ \note Obtaining the value of this property for a widget is effectively equivalent
+ to checking whether QApplication::focusWidget() refers to the widget.
+
+ \sa setFocus(), clearFocus(), setFocusPolicy(), QApplication::focusWidget()
+*/
+bool QWidget::hasFocus() const
+{
+ const QWidget* w = this;
+ while (w->d_func()->extra && w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy)
+ w = w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy;
+ if (QWidget *window = w->window()) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ QWExtra *e = window->d_func()->extra;
+ if (e && e->proxyWidget && e->proxyWidget->hasFocus() && window->focusWidget() == w)
+ return true;
+#endif
+ }
+ return (QApplication::focusWidget() == w);
+}
+
+/*!
+ Gives the keyboard input focus to this widget (or its focus
+ proxy) if this widget or one of its parents is the \link
+ isActiveWindow() active window\endlink. The \a reason argument will
+ be passed into any focus event sent from this function, it is used
+ to give an explanation of what caused the widget to get focus.
+ If the window is not active, the widget will be given the focus when
+ the window becomes active.
+
+ First, a focus out event is sent to the focus widget (if any) to
+ tell it that it is about to lose the focus. Then a focus in event
+ is sent to this widget to tell it that it just received the focus.
+ (Nothing happens if the focus in and focus out widgets are the
+ same.)
+
+ \note On embedded platforms, setFocus() will not cause an input panel
+ to be opened by the input method. If you want this to happen, you
+ have to send a QEvent::RequestSoftwareInputPanel event to the
+ widget yourself.
+
+ setFocus() gives focus to a widget regardless of its focus policy,
+ but does not clear any keyboard grab (see grabKeyboard()).
+
+ Be aware that if the widget is hidden, it will not accept focus
+ until it is shown.
+
+ \warning If you call setFocus() in a function which may itself be
+ called from focusOutEvent() or focusInEvent(), you may get an
+ infinite recursion.
+
+ \sa hasFocus(), clearFocus(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(),
+ setFocusPolicy(), focusWidget(), QApplication::focusWidget(), grabKeyboard(),
+ grabMouse(), {Keyboard Focus}, QEvent::RequestSoftwareInputPanel
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setFocus(Qt::FocusReason reason)
+{
+ if (!isEnabled())
+ return;
+
+ QWidget *f = this;
+ while (f->d_func()->extra && f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy)
+ f = f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy;
+
+ if (QApplication::focusWidget() == f
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+ && GetFocus() == f->internalWinId()
+#endif
+ )
+ return;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ QWidget *previousProxyFocus = 0;
+ if (QWExtra *topData = window()->d_func()->extra) {
+ if (topData->proxyWidget && topData->proxyWidget->hasFocus()) {
+ previousProxyFocus = topData->proxyWidget->widget()->focusWidget();
+ if (previousProxyFocus && previousProxyFocus->focusProxy())
+ previousProxyFocus = previousProxyFocus->focusProxy();
+ if (previousProxyFocus == this && !topData->proxyWidget->d_func()->proxyIsGivingFocus)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ QWidget *w = f;
+ if (isHidden()) {
+ while (w && w->isHidden()) {
+ w->d_func()->focus_child = f;
+ w = w->isWindow() ? 0 : w->parentWidget();
+ }
+ } else {
+ while (w) {
+ w->d_func()->focus_child = f;
+ w = w->isWindow() ? 0 : w->parentWidget();
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ // Update proxy state
+ if (QWExtra *topData = window()->d_func()->extra) {
+ if (topData->proxyWidget && !topData->proxyWidget->hasFocus()) {
+ topData->proxyWidget->d_func()->focusFromWidgetToProxy = 1;
+ topData->proxyWidget->setFocus(reason);
+ topData->proxyWidget->d_func()->focusFromWidgetToProxy = 0;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (f->isActiveWindow()) {
+ QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(f, reason);
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+# ifdef Q_OS_WIN
+ // The negation of the condition in setFocus_sys
+ if (!(testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && window()->windowType() != Qt::Popup && internalWinId()))
+ //setFocusWidget will already post a focus event for us (that the AT client receives) on Windows
+# endif
+ QAccessible::updateAccessibility(f, 0, QAccessible::Focus);
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (QWExtra *topData = window()->d_func()->extra) {
+ if (topData->proxyWidget) {
+ if (previousProxyFocus && previousProxyFocus != f) {
+ // Send event to self
+ QFocusEvent event(QEvent::FocusOut, reason);
+ QPointer<QWidget> that = previousProxyFocus;
+ QApplication::sendEvent(previousProxyFocus, &event);
+ if (that)
+ QApplication::sendEvent(that->style(), &event);
+ }
+ if (!isHidden()) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ // Update proxy state
+ if (QWExtra *topData = window()->d_func()->extra)
+ if (topData->proxyWidget && topData->proxyWidget->hasFocus())
+ topData->proxyWidget->d_func()->updateProxyInputMethodAcceptanceFromWidget();
+#endif
+ // Send event to self
+ QFocusEvent event(QEvent::FocusIn, reason);
+ QPointer<QWidget> that = f;
+ QApplication::sendEvent(f, &event);
+ if (that)
+ QApplication::sendEvent(that->style(), &event);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setFocus()
+ \overload
+
+ Gives the keyboard input focus to this widget (or its focus
+ proxy) if this widget or one of its parents is the
+ \l{isActiveWindow()}{active window}.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ Takes keyboard input focus from the widget.
+
+ If the widget has active focus, a \link focusOutEvent() focus out
+ event\endlink is sent to this widget to tell it that it is about
+ to lose the focus.
+
+ This widget must enable focus setting in order to get the keyboard
+ input focus, i.e. it must call setFocusPolicy().
+
+ \sa hasFocus(), setFocus(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(),
+ setFocusPolicy(), QApplication::focusWidget()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::clearFocus()
+{
+ QWidget *w = this;
+ while (w) {
+ if (w->d_func()->focus_child == this)
+ w->d_func()->focus_child = 0;
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ }
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ QWExtra *topData = d_func()->extra;
+ if (topData && topData->proxyWidget)
+ topData->proxyWidget->clearFocus();
+#endif
+
+ if (hasFocus()) {
+ // Update proxy state
+ QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(0, Qt::OtherFocusReason);
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+ if (!(windowType() == Qt::Popup) && GetFocus() == internalWinId())
+ SetFocus(0);
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+ QAccessible::updateAccessibility(this, 0, QAccessible::Focus);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::focusNextChild()
+
+ Finds a new widget to give the keyboard focus to, as appropriate
+ for \key Tab, and returns true if it can find a new widget, or
+ false if it can't.
+
+ \sa focusPreviousChild()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::focusPreviousChild()
+
+ Finds a new widget to give the keyboard focus to, as appropriate
+ for \key Shift+Tab, and returns true if it can find a new widget,
+ or false if it can't.
+
+ \sa focusNextChild()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ Finds a new widget to give the keyboard focus to, as appropriate
+ for Tab and Shift+Tab, and returns true if it can find a new
+ widget, or false if it can't.
+
+ If \a next is true, this function searches forward, if \a next
+ is false, it searches backward.
+
+ Sometimes, you will want to reimplement this function. For
+ example, a web browser might reimplement it to move its "current
+ active link" forward or backward, and call
+ focusNextPrevChild() only when it reaches the last or
+ first link on the "page".
+
+ Child widgets call focusNextPrevChild() on their parent widgets,
+ but only the window that contains the child widgets decides where
+ to redirect focus. By reimplementing this function for an object,
+ you thus gain control of focus traversal for all child widgets.
+
+ \sa focusNextChild(), focusPreviousChild()
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::focusNextPrevChild(bool next)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ QWidget* p = parentWidget();
+ bool isSubWindow = (windowType() == Qt::SubWindow);
+ if (!isWindow() && !isSubWindow && p)
+ return p->focusNextPrevChild(next);
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (d->extra && d->extra->proxyWidget)
+ return d->extra->proxyWidget->focusNextPrevChild(next);
+#endif
+ QWidget *w = QApplicationPrivate::focusNextPrevChild_helper(this, next);
+ if (!w) return false;
+
+ w->setFocus(next ? Qt::TabFocusReason : Qt::BacktabFocusReason);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns the last child of this widget that setFocus had been
+ called on. For top level widgets this is the widget that will get
+ focus in case this window gets activated
+
+ This is not the same as QApplication::focusWidget(), which returns
+ the focus widget in the currently active window.
+*/
+
+QWidget *QWidget::focusWidget() const
+{
+ return const_cast<QWidget *>(d_func()->focus_child);
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns the next widget in this widget's focus chain.
+
+ \sa previousInFocusChain()
+*/
+QWidget *QWidget::nextInFocusChain() const
+{
+ return const_cast<QWidget *>(d_func()->focus_next);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \brief The previousInFocusChain function returns the previous
+ widget in this widget's focus chain.
+
+ \sa nextInFocusChain()
+
+ \since 4.6
+*/
+QWidget *QWidget::previousInFocusChain() const
+{
+ return const_cast<QWidget *>(d_func()->focus_prev);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::isActiveWindow
+ \brief whether this widget's window is the active window
+
+ The active window is the window that contains the widget that has
+ keyboard focus (The window may still have focus if it has no
+ widgets or none of its widgets accepts keyboard focus).
+
+ When popup windows are visible, this property is true for both the
+ active window \e and for the popup.
+
+ By default, this property is false.
+
+ \sa activateWindow(), QApplication::activeWindow()
+*/
+bool QWidget::isActiveWindow() const
+{
+ QWidget *tlw = window();
+ if(tlw == QApplication::activeWindow() || (isVisible() && (tlw->windowType() == Qt::Popup)))
+ return true;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (QWExtra *tlwExtra = tlw->d_func()->extra) {
+ if (isVisible() && tlwExtra->proxyWidget)
+ return tlwExtra->proxyWidget->isActiveWindow();
+ }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ extern bool qt_mac_is_macdrawer(const QWidget *); //qwidget_mac.cpp
+ if(qt_mac_is_macdrawer(tlw) &&
+ tlw->parentWidget() && tlw->parentWidget()->isActiveWindow())
+ return true;
+
+ extern bool qt_mac_insideKeyWindow(const QWidget *); //qwidget_mac.cpp
+ if (QApplication::testAttribute(Qt::AA_MacPluginApplication) && qt_mac_insideKeyWindow(tlw))
+ return true;
+#endif
+ if(style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Widget_ShareActivation, 0, this)) {
+ if(tlw->windowType() == Qt::Tool &&
+ !tlw->isModal() &&
+ (!tlw->parentWidget() || tlw->parentWidget()->isActiveWindow()))
+ return true;
+ QWidget *w = QApplication::activeWindow();
+ while(w && tlw->windowType() == Qt::Tool &&
+ !w->isModal() && w->parentWidget()) {
+ w = w->parentWidget()->window();
+ if(w == tlw)
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN32)
+ HWND active = GetActiveWindow();
+ if (!tlw->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ return false;
+ return active == tlw->internalWinId() || ::IsChild(active, tlw->internalWinId());
+#else
+ return false;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ Puts the \a second widget after the \a first widget in the focus order.
+
+ Note that since the tab order of the \a second widget is changed, you
+ should order a chain like this:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 9
+
+ \e not like this:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 10
+
+ If \a first or \a second has a focus proxy, setTabOrder()
+ correctly substitutes the proxy.
+
+ \sa setFocusPolicy(), setFocusProxy(), {Keyboard Focus}
+*/
+void QWidget::setTabOrder(QWidget* first, QWidget *second)
+{
+ if (!first || !second || first->focusPolicy() == Qt::NoFocus || second->focusPolicy() == Qt::NoFocus)
+ return;
+
+ if (first->window() != second->window()) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::setTabOrder: 'first' and 'second' must be in the same window");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ QWidget *fp = first->focusProxy();
+ if (fp) {
+ // If first is redirected, set first to the last child of first
+ // that can take keyboard focus so that second is inserted after
+ // that last child, and the focus order within first is (more
+ // likely to be) preserved.
+ QList<QWidget *> l = first->findChildren<QWidget *>();
+ for (int i = l.size()-1; i >= 0; --i) {
+ QWidget * next = l.at(i);
+ if (next->window() == fp->window()) {
+ fp = next;
+ if (fp->focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ first = fp;
+ }
+
+ if (fp == second)
+ return;
+
+ if (QWidget *sp = second->focusProxy())
+ second = sp;
+
+// QWidget *fp = first->d_func()->focus_prev;
+ QWidget *fn = first->d_func()->focus_next;
+
+ if (fn == second || first == second)
+ return;
+
+ QWidget *sp = second->d_func()->focus_prev;
+ QWidget *sn = second->d_func()->focus_next;
+
+ fn->d_func()->focus_prev = second;
+ first->d_func()->focus_next = second;
+
+ second->d_func()->focus_next = fn;
+ second->d_func()->focus_prev = first;
+
+ sp->d_func()->focus_next = sn;
+ sn->d_func()->focus_prev = sp;
+
+
+ Q_ASSERT(first->d_func()->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev == first);
+ Q_ASSERT(first->d_func()->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next == first);
+
+ Q_ASSERT(second->d_func()->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev == second);
+ Q_ASSERT(second->d_func()->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next == second);
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+
+ Moves the relevant subwidgets of this widget from the \a oldtlw's
+ tab chain to that of the new parent, if there's anything to move and
+ we're really moving
+
+ This function is called from QWidget::reparent() *after* the widget
+ has been reparented.
+
+ \sa reparent()
+*/
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::reparentFocusWidgets(QWidget * oldtlw)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (oldtlw == q->window())
+ return; // nothing to do
+
+ if(focus_child)
+ focus_child->clearFocus();
+
+ // separate the focus chain into new (children of myself) and old (the rest)
+ QWidget *firstOld = 0;
+ //QWidget *firstNew = q; //invariant
+ QWidget *o = 0; // last in the old list
+ QWidget *n = q; // last in the new list
+
+ bool prevWasNew = true;
+ QWidget *w = focus_next;
+
+ //Note: for efficiency, we do not maintain the list invariant inside the loop
+ //we append items to the relevant list, and we optimize by not changing pointers
+ //when subsequent items are going into the same list.
+ while (w != q) {
+ bool currentIsNew = q->isAncestorOf(w);
+ if (currentIsNew) {
+ if (!prevWasNew) {
+ //prev was old -- append to new list
+ n->d_func()->focus_next = w;
+ w->d_func()->focus_prev = n;
+ }
+ n = w;
+ } else {
+ if (prevWasNew) {
+ //prev was new -- append to old list, if there is one
+ if (o) {
+ o->d_func()->focus_next = w;
+ w->d_func()->focus_prev = o;
+ } else {
+ // "create" the old list
+ firstOld = w;
+ }
+ }
+ o = w;
+ }
+ w = w->d_func()->focus_next;
+ prevWasNew = currentIsNew;
+ }
+
+ //repair the old list:
+ if (firstOld) {
+ o->d_func()->focus_next = firstOld;
+ firstOld->d_func()->focus_prev = o;
+ }
+
+ if (!q->isWindow()) {
+ QWidget *topLevel = q->window();
+ //insert new chain into toplevel's chain
+
+ QWidget *prev = topLevel->d_func()->focus_prev;
+
+ topLevel->d_func()->focus_prev = n;
+ prev->d_func()->focus_next = q;
+
+ focus_prev = prev;
+ n->d_func()->focus_next = topLevel;
+ } else {
+ //repair the new list
+ n->d_func()->focus_next = q;
+ focus_prev = n;
+ }
+
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+
+ Measures the shortest distance from a point to a rect.
+
+ This function is called from QDesktopwidget::screen(QPoint) to find the
+ closest screen for a point.
+ In directional KeypadNavigation, it is called to find the closest
+ widget to the current focus widget center.
+*/
+int QWidgetPrivate::pointToRect(const QPoint &p, const QRect &r)
+{
+ int dx = 0;
+ int dy = 0;
+ if (p.x() < r.left())
+ dx = r.left() - p.x();
+ else if (p.x() > r.right())
+ dx = p.x() - r.right();
+ if (p.y() < r.top())
+ dy = r.top() - p.y();
+ else if (p.y() > r.bottom())
+ dy = p.y() - r.bottom();
+ return dx + dy;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::frameSize
+ \brief the size of the widget including any window frame
+
+ By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's
+ platform and screen geometry.
+*/
+QSize QWidget::frameSize() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (isWindow() && !(windowType() == Qt::Popup)) {
+ QRect fs = d->frameStrut();
+ return QSize(data->crect.width() + fs.left() + fs.right(),
+ data->crect.height() + fs.top() + fs.bottom());
+ }
+ return data->crect.size();
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QWidget::move(int x, int y)
+
+ \overload
+
+ This corresponds to move(QPoint(\a x, \a y)).
+*/
+
+void QWidget::move(const QPoint &p)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_Moved);
+ if (isWindow())
+ d->topData()->posFromMove = true;
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) {
+ d->setGeometry_sys(p.x() + geometry().x() - QWidget::x(),
+ p.y() + geometry().y() - QWidget::y(),
+ width(), height(), true);
+ d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+ } else {
+ data->crect.moveTopLeft(p); // no frame yet
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent);
+ }
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QWidget::resize(int w, int h)
+ \overload
+
+ This corresponds to resize(QSize(\a w, \a h)).
+*/
+
+void QWidget::resize(const QSize &s)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized);
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) {
+ d->setGeometry_sys(geometry().x(), geometry().y(), s.width(), s.height(), false);
+ d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+ } else {
+ data->crect.setSize(s.boundedTo(maximumSize()).expandedTo(minimumSize()));
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent);
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidget::setGeometry(const QRect &r)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_Moved);
+ if (isWindow())
+ d->topData()->posFromMove = false;
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) {
+ d->setGeometry_sys(r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), true);
+ d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+ } else {
+ data->crect.setTopLeft(r.topLeft());
+ data->crect.setSize(r.size().boundedTo(maximumSize()).expandedTo(minimumSize()));
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent);
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \since 4.2
+ Saves the current geometry and state for top-level widgets.
+
+ To save the geometry when the window closes, you can
+ implement a close event like this:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 11
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ Use QMainWindow::saveState() to save the geometry and the state of
+ toolbars and dock widgets.
+
+ \sa restoreGeometry(), QMainWindow::saveState(), QMainWindow::restoreState()
+*/
+QByteArray QWidget::saveGeometry() const
+{
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ // We check if the window was maximized during this invocation. If so, we need to record the
+ // starting position as 0,0.
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ QRect newFramePosition = frameGeometry();
+ QRect newNormalPosition = normalGeometry();
+ if(d->topData()->wasMaximized && !(windowState() & Qt::WindowMaximized)) {
+ // Change the starting position
+ newFramePosition.moveTo(0, 0);
+ newNormalPosition.moveTo(0, 0);
+ }
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ QByteArray array;
+ QDataStream stream(&array, QIODevice::WriteOnly);
+ stream.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_0);
+ const quint32 magicNumber = 0x1D9D0CB;
+ quint16 majorVersion = 1;
+ quint16 minorVersion = 0;
+ stream << magicNumber
+ << majorVersion
+ << minorVersion
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ << newFramePosition
+ << newNormalPosition
+#else
+ << frameGeometry()
+ << normalGeometry()
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ << qint32(QApplication::desktop()->screenNumber(this))
+ << quint8(windowState() & Qt::WindowMaximized)
+ << quint8(windowState() & Qt::WindowFullScreen);
+ return array;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \since 4.2
+
+ Restores the geometry and state top-level widgets stored in the
+ byte array \a geometry. Returns true on success; otherwise
+ returns false.
+
+ If the restored geometry is off-screen, it will be modified to be
+ inside the available screen geometry.
+
+ To restore geometry saved using QSettings, you can use code like
+ this:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 12
+
+ See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry
+ issues with windows.
+
+ Use QMainWindow::restoreState() to restore the geometry and the
+ state of toolbars and dock widgets.
+
+ \sa saveGeometry(), QSettings, QMainWindow::saveState(), QMainWindow::restoreState()
+*/
+bool QWidget::restoreGeometry(const QByteArray &geometry)
+{
+ if (geometry.size() < 4)
+ return false;
+ QDataStream stream(geometry);
+ stream.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_0);
+
+ const quint32 magicNumber = 0x1D9D0CB;
+ quint32 storedMagicNumber;
+ stream >> storedMagicNumber;
+ if (storedMagicNumber != magicNumber)
+ return false;
+
+ const quint16 currentMajorVersion = 1;
+ quint16 majorVersion = 0;
+ quint16 minorVersion = 0;
+
+ stream >> majorVersion >> minorVersion;
+
+ if (majorVersion != currentMajorVersion)
+ return false;
+ // (Allow all minor versions.)
+
+ QRect restoredFrameGeometry;
+ QRect restoredNormalGeometry;
+ qint32 restoredScreenNumber;
+ quint8 maximized;
+ quint8 fullScreen;
+
+ stream >> restoredFrameGeometry
+ >> restoredNormalGeometry
+ >> restoredScreenNumber
+ >> maximized
+ >> fullScreen;
+
+ const int frameHeight = 20;
+ if (!restoredFrameGeometry.isValid())
+ restoredFrameGeometry = QRect(QPoint(0,0), sizeHint());
+
+ if (!restoredNormalGeometry.isValid())
+ restoredNormalGeometry = QRect(QPoint(0, frameHeight), sizeHint());
+ if (!restoredNormalGeometry.isValid()) {
+ // use the widget's adjustedSize if the sizeHint() doesn't help
+ restoredNormalGeometry.setSize(restoredNormalGeometry
+ .size()
+ .expandedTo(d_func()->adjustedSize()));
+ }
+
+ const QDesktopWidget * const desktop = QApplication::desktop();
+ if (restoredScreenNumber >= desktop->numScreens())
+ restoredScreenNumber = desktop->primaryScreen();
+
+ const QRect availableGeometry = desktop->availableGeometry(restoredScreenNumber);
+
+ // Modify the restored geometry if we are about to restore to coordinates
+ // that would make the window "lost". This happens if:
+ // - The restored geometry is completely oustside the available geometry
+ // - The title bar is outside the available geometry.
+ // - (Mac only) The window is higher than the available geometry. It must
+ // be possible to bring the size grip on screen by moving the window.
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ restoredFrameGeometry.setHeight(qMin(restoredFrameGeometry.height(), availableGeometry.height()));
+ restoredNormalGeometry.setHeight(qMin(restoredNormalGeometry.height(), availableGeometry.height() - frameHeight));
+#endif
+
+ if (!restoredFrameGeometry.intersects(availableGeometry)) {
+ restoredFrameGeometry.moveBottom(qMin(restoredFrameGeometry.bottom(), availableGeometry.bottom()));
+ restoredFrameGeometry.moveLeft(qMax(restoredFrameGeometry.left(), availableGeometry.left()));
+ restoredFrameGeometry.moveRight(qMin(restoredFrameGeometry.right(), availableGeometry.right()));
+ }
+ restoredFrameGeometry.moveTop(qMax(restoredFrameGeometry.top(), availableGeometry.top()));
+
+ if (!restoredNormalGeometry.intersects(availableGeometry)) {
+ restoredNormalGeometry.moveBottom(qMin(restoredNormalGeometry.bottom(), availableGeometry.bottom()));
+ restoredNormalGeometry.moveLeft(qMax(restoredNormalGeometry.left(), availableGeometry.left()));
+ restoredNormalGeometry.moveRight(qMin(restoredNormalGeometry.right(), availableGeometry.right()));
+ }
+ restoredNormalGeometry.moveTop(qMax(restoredNormalGeometry.top(), availableGeometry.top() + frameHeight));
+
+ if (maximized || fullScreen) {
+ // set geomerty before setting the window state to make
+ // sure the window is maximized to the right screen.
+ // Skip on windows: the window is restored into a broken
+ // half-maximized state.
+#ifndef Q_WS_WIN
+ setGeometry(restoredNormalGeometry);
+#endif
+ Qt::WindowStates ws = windowState();
+ if (maximized)
+ ws |= Qt::WindowMaximized;
+ if (fullScreen)
+ ws |= Qt::WindowFullScreen;
+ setWindowState(ws);
+ d_func()->topData()->normalGeometry = restoredNormalGeometry;
+ } else {
+ QPoint offset;
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+ if (isFullScreen())
+ offset = d_func()->topData()->fullScreenOffset;
+#endif
+ setWindowState(windowState() & ~(Qt::WindowMaximized | Qt::WindowFullScreen));
+ move(restoredFrameGeometry.topLeft() + offset);
+ resize(restoredNormalGeometry.size());
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*!\fn void QWidget::setGeometry(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+ \overload
+
+ This corresponds to setGeometry(QRect(\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h)).
+*/
+
+/*!
+ Sets the margins around the contents of the widget to have the sizes
+ \a left, \a top, \a right, and \a bottom. The margins are used by
+ the layout system, and may be used by subclasses to specify the area
+ to draw in (e.g. excluding the frame).
+
+ Changing the margins will trigger a resizeEvent().
+
+ \sa contentsRect(), getContentsMargins()
+*/
+void QWidget::setContentsMargins(int left, int top, int right, int bottom)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (left == d->leftmargin && top == d->topmargin
+ && right == d->rightmargin && bottom == d->bottommargin)
+ return;
+ d->leftmargin = left;
+ d->topmargin = top;
+ d->rightmargin = right;
+ d->bottommargin = bottom;
+
+ if (QLayout *l=d->layout)
+ l->update(); //force activate; will do updateGeometry
+ else
+ updateGeometry();
+
+ // ### Qt 5: compat, remove
+ if (isVisible()) {
+ update();
+ QResizeEvent e(data->crect.size(), data->crect.size());
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+ } else {
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent, true);
+ }
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::ContentsRectChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+ \since 4.6
+
+ \brief The setContentsMargins function sets the margins around the
+ widget's contents.
+
+ Sets the margins around the contents of the widget to have the
+ sizes determined by \a margins. The margins are
+ used by the layout system, and may be used by subclasses to
+ specify the area to draw in (e.g. excluding the frame).
+
+ Changing the margins will trigger a resizeEvent().
+
+ \sa contentsRect(), getContentsMargins()
+*/
+void QWidget::setContentsMargins(const QMargins &margins)
+{
+ setContentsMargins(margins.left(), margins.top(),
+ margins.right(), margins.bottom());
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns the widget's contents margins for \a left, \a top, \a
+ right, and \a bottom.
+
+ \sa setContentsMargins(), contentsRect()
+ */
+void QWidget::getContentsMargins(int *left, int *top, int *right, int *bottom) const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (left)
+ *left = d->leftmargin;
+ if (top)
+ *top = d->topmargin;
+ if (right)
+ *right = d->rightmargin;
+ if (bottom)
+ *bottom = d->bottommargin;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \since 4.6
+
+ \brief The contentsMargins function returns the widget's contents margins.
+
+ \sa getContentsMargins(), setContentsMargins(), contentsRect()
+ */
+QMargins QWidget::contentsMargins() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return QMargins(d->leftmargin, d->topmargin, d->rightmargin, d->bottommargin);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns the area inside the widget's margins.
+
+ \sa setContentsMargins(), getContentsMargins()
+*/
+QRect QWidget::contentsRect() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return QRect(QPoint(d->leftmargin, d->topmargin),
+ QPoint(data->crect.width() - 1 - d->rightmargin,
+ data->crect.height() - 1 - d->bottommargin));
+
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::customContextMenuRequested(const QPoint &pos)
+
+ This signal is emitted when the widget's \l contextMenuPolicy is
+ Qt::CustomContextMenu, and the user has requested a context menu on
+ the widget. The position \a pos is the position of the context menu
+ event that the widget receives. Normally this is in widget
+ coordinates. The exception to this rule is QAbstractScrollArea and
+ its subclasses that map the context menu event to coordinates of the
+ \link QAbstractScrollArea::viewport() viewport() \endlink .
+
+
+ \sa mapToGlobal() QMenu contextMenuPolicy
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::contextMenuPolicy
+ \brief how the widget shows a context menu
+
+ The default value of this property is Qt::DefaultContextMenu,
+ which means the contextMenuEvent() handler is called. Other values
+ are Qt::NoContextMenu, Qt::PreventContextMenu,
+ Qt::ActionsContextMenu, and Qt::CustomContextMenu. With
+ Qt::CustomContextMenu, the signal customContextMenuRequested() is
+ emitted.
+
+ \sa contextMenuEvent(), customContextMenuRequested(), actions()
+*/
+
+Qt::ContextMenuPolicy QWidget::contextMenuPolicy() const
+{
+ return (Qt::ContextMenuPolicy)data->context_menu_policy;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::ContextMenuPolicy policy)
+{
+ data->context_menu_policy = (uint) policy;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::focusPolicy
+ \brief the way the widget accepts keyboard focus
+
+ The policy is Qt::TabFocus if the widget accepts keyboard
+ focus by tabbing, Qt::ClickFocus if the widget accepts
+ focus by clicking, Qt::StrongFocus if it accepts both, and
+ Qt::NoFocus (the default) if it does not accept focus at
+ all.
+
+ You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes
+ keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's
+ constructor. For instance, the QLineEdit constructor calls
+ setFocusPolicy(Qt::StrongFocus).
+
+ If the widget has a focus proxy, then the focus policy will
+ be propagated to it.
+
+ \sa focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), enabled
+*/
+
+
+Qt::FocusPolicy QWidget::focusPolicy() const
+{
+ return (Qt::FocusPolicy)data->focus_policy;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setFocusPolicy(Qt::FocusPolicy policy)
+{
+ data->focus_policy = (uint) policy;
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (d->extra && d->extra->focus_proxy)
+ d->extra->focus_proxy->setFocusPolicy(policy);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::updatesEnabled
+ \brief whether updates are enabled
+
+ An updates enabled widget receives paint events and has a system
+ background; a disabled widget does not. This also implies that
+ calling update() and repaint() has no effect if updates are
+ disabled.
+
+ By default, this property is true.
+
+ setUpdatesEnabled() is normally used to disable updates for a
+ short period of time, for instance to avoid screen flicker during
+ large changes. In Qt, widgets normally do not generate screen
+ flicker, but on X11 the server might erase regions on the screen
+ when widgets get hidden before they can be replaced by other
+ widgets. Disabling updates solves this.
+
+ Example:
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 13
+
+ Disabling a widget implicitly disables all its children. Enabling a widget
+ enables all child widgets \e except top-level widgets or those that
+ have been explicitly disabled. Re-enabling updates implicitly calls
+ update() on the widget.
+
+ \sa paintEvent()
+*/
+void QWidget::setUpdatesEnabled(bool enable)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceUpdatesDisabled, !enable);
+ d->setUpdatesEnabled_helper(enable);
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QWidget::show()
+
+ Shows the widget and its child widgets. This function is
+ equivalent to setVisible(true).
+
+ \sa raise(), showEvent(), hide(), setVisible(), showMinimized(), showMaximized(),
+ showNormal(), isVisible()
+*/
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+ Makes the widget visible in the isVisible() meaning of the word.
+ It is only called for toplevels or widgets with visible parents.
+ */
+void QWidgetPrivate::show_recursive()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ // polish if necessary
+
+ if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ createRecursively();
+ q->ensurePolished();
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if(sendChildEvents)
+ QApplication::sendPostedEvents(q, QEvent::ChildInserted);
+#endif
+ if (!q->isWindow() && q->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout && !q->parentWidget()->data->in_show)
+ q->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout->activate();
+ // activate our layout before we and our children become visible
+ if (layout)
+ layout->activate();
+
+ show_helper();
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(bool recursive, bool disableUpdates)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ disableUpdates = disableUpdates && q->updatesEnabled();
+ if (disableUpdates)
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled);
+
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent)) {
+ QMoveEvent e(data.crect.topLeft(), data.crect.topLeft());
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent, false);
+ }
+
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent)) {
+ QResizeEvent e(data.crect.size(), QSize());
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent, false);
+ }
+
+ if (disableUpdates)
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled, false);
+
+ if (!recursive)
+ return;
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ if (QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)))
+ child->d_func()->sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(recursive, disableUpdates);
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::activateChildLayoutsRecursively()
+{
+ sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(false, true);
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i));
+ if (!child || child->isHidden() || child->isWindow())
+ continue;
+
+ child->ensurePolished();
+
+ // Activate child's layout
+ QWidgetPrivate *childPrivate = child->d_func();
+ if (childPrivate->layout)
+ childPrivate->layout->activate();
+
+ // Pretend we're visible.
+ const bool wasVisible = child->isVisible();
+ if (!wasVisible)
+ child->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible);
+
+ // Do the same for all my children.
+ childPrivate->activateChildLayoutsRecursively();
+
+ // We're not cheating anymore.
+ if (!wasVisible)
+ child->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible, false);
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::show_helper()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ data.in_show = true; // qws optimization
+ // make sure we receive pending move and resize events
+ sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents();
+
+ // become visible before showing all children
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible);
+
+ // finally show all children recursively
+ showChildren(false);
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (q->parentWidget() && sendChildEvents)
+ QApplication::sendPostedEvents(q->parentWidget(),
+ QEvent::ChildInserted);
+#endif
+
+
+ // popup handling: new popups and tools need to be raised, and
+ // existing popups must be closed. Also propagate the current
+ // windows's KeyboardFocusChange status.
+ if (q->isWindow()) {
+ if ((q->windowType() == Qt::Tool) || (q->windowType() == Qt::Popup) || q->windowType() == Qt::ToolTip) {
+ q->raise();
+ if (q->parentWidget() && q->parentWidget()->window()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange))
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange);
+ } else {
+ while (QApplication::activePopupWidget()) {
+ if (!QApplication::activePopupWidget()->close())
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Automatic embedding of child windows of widgets already embedded into
+ // QGraphicsProxyWidget when they are shown the first time.
+ bool isEmbedded = false;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (q->isWindow()) {
+ isEmbedded = q->graphicsProxyWidget() ? true : false;
+ if (!isEmbedded && !bypassGraphicsProxyWidget(q)) {
+ QGraphicsProxyWidget *ancestorProxy = nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(q->parentWidget());
+ if (ancestorProxy) {
+ isEmbedded = true;
+ ancestorProxy->d_func()->embedSubWindow(q);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ Q_UNUSED(isEmbedded);
+#endif
+
+ // On Windows, show the popup now so that our own focus handling
+ // stores the correct old focus widget even if it's stolen in the
+ // showevent
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+ if (!isEmbedded && q->windowType() == Qt::Popup)
+ qApp->d_func()->openPopup(q);
+#endif
+
+ // send the show event before showing the window
+ QShowEvent showEvent;
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &showEvent);
+
+ if (!isEmbedded && q->isModal() && q->isWindow())
+ // QApplicationPrivate::enterModal *before* show, otherwise the initial
+ // stacking might be wrong
+ QApplicationPrivate::enterModal(q);
+
+
+ show_sys();
+
+#if !defined(Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(Q_WS_MAC) && !defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+ if (!isEmbedded && q->windowType() == Qt::Popup)
+ qApp->d_func()->openPopup(q);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+ if (q->windowType() != Qt::ToolTip) // Tooltips are read aloud twice in MS narrator.
+ QAccessible::updateAccessibility(q, 0, QAccessible::ObjectShow);
+#endif
+
+ if (QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget == q) {
+ QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget = 0;
+ q->setFocus(Qt::OtherFocusReason);
+ }
+
+ // Process events when showing a Qt::SplashScreen widget before the event loop
+ // is spinnning; otherwise it might not show up on particular platforms.
+ // This makes QSplashScreen behave the same on all platforms.
+ if (!qApp->d_func()->in_exec && q->windowType() == Qt::SplashScreen)
+ QApplication::processEvents();
+
+ data.in_show = false; // reset qws optimization
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QWidget::hide()
+
+ Hides the widget. This function is equivalent to
+ setVisible(false).
+
+
+ \note If you are working with QDialog or its subclasses and you invoke
+ the show() function after this function, the dialog will be displayed in
+ its original position.
+
+ \sa hideEvent(), isHidden(), show(), setVisible(), isVisible(), close()
+*/
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+void QWidgetPrivate::hide_helper()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ bool isEmbedded = false;
+#if !defined QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ isEmbedded = q->isWindow() && !bypassGraphicsProxyWidget(q) && nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(q->parentWidget()) != 0;
+#else
+ Q_UNUSED(isEmbedded);
+#endif
+
+ if (!isEmbedded && (q->windowType() == Qt::Popup))
+ qApp->d_func()->closePopup(q);
+
+ // Move test modal here. Otherwise, a modal dialog could get
+ // destroyed and we lose all access to its parent because we haven't
+ // left modality. (Eg. modal Progress Dialog)
+ if (!isEmbedded && q->isModal() && q->isWindow())
+ QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal(q);
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+ if (q->isWindow() && !(q->windowType() == Qt::Popup) && q->parentWidget()
+ && !q->parentWidget()->isHidden() && q->isActiveWindow())
+ q->parentWidget()->activateWindow(); // Activate parent
+#endif
+
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Mapped, false);
+ hide_sys();
+
+ bool wasVisible = q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible);
+
+ if (wasVisible) {
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible, false);
+
+ }
+
+ QHideEvent hideEvent;
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &hideEvent);
+ hideChildren(false);
+
+ // next bit tries to move the focus if the focus widget is now
+ // hidden.
+ if (wasVisible) {
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined (Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_QPA)
+ qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(q);
+#endif
+
+ QWidget *fw = QApplication::focusWidget();
+ while (fw && !fw->isWindow()) {
+ if (fw == q) {
+ q->focusNextPrevChild(true);
+ break;
+ }
+ fw = fw->parentWidget();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = maybeBackingStore())
+ bs->removeDirtyWidget(q);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+ if (wasVisible)
+ QAccessible::updateAccessibility(q, 0, QAccessible::ObjectHide);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isHidden() const
+
+ Returns true if the widget is hidden, otherwise returns false.
+
+ A hidden widget will only become visible when show() is called on
+ it. It will not be automatically shown when the parent is shown.
+
+ To check visibility, use !isVisible() instead (notice the exclamation mark).
+
+ isHidden() implies !isVisible(), but a widget can be not visible
+ and not hidden at the same time. This is the case for widgets that are children of
+ widgets that are not visible.
+
+
+ Widgets are hidden if:
+ \list
+ \o they were created as independent windows,
+ \o they were created as children of visible widgets,
+ \o hide() or setVisible(false) was called.
+ \endlist
+*/
+
+
+void QWidget::setVisible(bool visible)
+{
+ if (visible) { // show
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide) && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden))
+ return;
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ // Designer uses a trick to make grabWidget work without showing
+ if (!isWindow() && parentWidget() && parentWidget()->isVisible()
+ && !parentWidget()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ parentWidget()->window()->d_func()->createRecursively();
+
+ //we have to at least create toplevels before applyX11SpecificCommandLineArguments
+ //but not children of non-visible parents
+ QWidget *pw = parentWidget();
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)
+ && (isWindow() || pw->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))) {
+ create();
+ }
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ if (windowType() == Qt::Window)
+ QApplicationPrivate::applyX11SpecificCommandLineArguments(this);
+#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+ if (windowType() == Qt::Window)
+ QApplicationPrivate::applyQWSSpecificCommandLineArguments(this);
+#endif
+
+ bool wasResized = testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized);
+ Qt::WindowStates initialWindowState = windowState();
+
+ // polish if necessary
+ ensurePolished();
+
+ // remember that show was called explicitly
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide);
+ // whether we need to inform the parent widget immediately
+ bool needUpdateGeometry = !isWindow() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden);
+ // we are no longer hidden
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, false);
+
+ if (needUpdateGeometry)
+ d->updateGeometry_helper(true);
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ QApplication::sendPostedEvents(this, QEvent::ChildInserted);
+#endif
+ // activate our layout before we and our children become visible
+ if (d->layout)
+ d->layout->activate();
+
+ if (!isWindow()) {
+ QWidget *parent = parentWidget();
+ while (parent && parent->isVisible() && parent->d_func()->layout && !parent->data->in_show) {
+ parent->d_func()->layout->activate();
+ if (parent->isWindow())
+ break;
+ parent = parent->parentWidget();
+ }
+ if (parent)
+ parent->d_func()->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+ }
+
+ // adjust size if necessary
+ if (!wasResized
+ && (isWindow() || !parentWidget()->d_func()->layout)) {
+ if (isWindow()) {
+ adjustSize();
+ if (windowState() != initialWindowState)
+ setWindowState(initialWindowState);
+ } else {
+ adjustSize();
+ }
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, false);
+ }
+
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange, false);
+
+ if (isWindow() || parentWidget()->isVisible()) {
+ // remove posted quit events when showing a new window
+ QCoreApplication::removePostedEvents(qApp, QEvent::Quit);
+
+ d->show_helper();
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined (Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_QPA)
+ qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(this);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ QEvent showToParentEvent(QEvent::ShowToParent);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &showToParentEvent);
+ } else { // hide
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide) && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden))
+ return;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+ // reset WS_DISABLED style in a Blocked window
+ if(isWindow() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)
+ && QApplicationPrivate::isBlockedByModal(this))
+ {
+ LONG dwStyle = GetWindowLong(winId(), GWL_STYLE);
+ dwStyle &= ~WS_DISABLED;
+ SetWindowLong(winId(), GWL_STYLE, dwStyle);
+ }
+#endif
+ if (QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget == this)
+ QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget = 0;
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ // hw: The test on getOpaqueRegion() needs to be more intelligent
+ // currently it doesn't work if the widget is hidden (the region will
+ // be clipped). The real check should be testing the cached region
+ // (and dirty flag) directly.
+ if (!isWindow() && parentWidget()) // && !d->getOpaqueRegion().isEmpty())
+ parentWidget()->d_func()->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide);
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ d->hide_helper();
+
+ // invalidate layout similar to updateGeometry()
+ if (!isWindow() && parentWidget()) {
+ if (parentWidget()->d_func()->layout)
+ parentWidget()->d_func()->layout->invalidate();
+ else if (parentWidget()->isVisible())
+ QApplication::postEvent(parentWidget(), new QEvent(QEvent::LayoutRequest));
+ }
+
+ QEvent hideToParentEvent(QEvent::HideToParent);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &hideToParentEvent);
+ }
+}
+
+/*!\fn void QWidget::setHidden(bool hidden)
+
+ Convenience function, equivalent to setVisible(!\a hidden).
+*/
+
+/*!\fn void QWidget::setShown(bool shown)
+
+ Use setVisible(\a shown) instead.
+*/
+
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::_q_showIfNotHidden()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if ( !(q->isHidden() && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide)) )
+ q->setVisible(true);
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::showChildren(bool spontaneous)
+{
+ QList<QObject*> childList = children;
+ for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *widget = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(childList.at(i));
+ if (!widget
+ || widget->isWindow()
+ || widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden))
+ continue;
+ if (spontaneous) {
+ widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Mapped);
+ widget->d_func()->showChildren(true);
+ QShowEvent e;
+ QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(widget, &e);
+ } else {
+ if (widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide))
+ widget->d_func()->show_recursive();
+ else
+ widget->show();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::hideChildren(bool spontaneous)
+{
+ QList<QObject*> childList = children;
+ for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *widget = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(childList.at(i));
+ if (!widget || widget->isWindow() || widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden))
+ continue;
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ // Before doing anything we need to make sure that we don't leave anything in a non-consistent state.
+ // When hiding a widget we need to make sure that no mouse_down events are active, because
+ // the mouse_up event will never be received by a hidden widget or one of its descendants.
+ // The solution is simple, before going through with this we check if there are any mouse_down events in
+ // progress, if so we check if it is related to this widget or not. If so, we just reset the mouse_down and
+ // then we continue.
+ // In X11 and Windows we send a mouse_release event, however we don't do that here because we were already
+ // ignoring that from before. I.e. Carbon did not send the mouse release event, so we will not send the
+ // mouse release event. There are two ways to interpret this:
+ // 1. If we don't send the mouse release event, the widget might get into an inconsistent state, i.e. it
+ // might be waiting for a release event that will never arrive.
+ // 2. If we send the mouse release event, then the widget might decide to trigger an action that is not
+ // supposed to trigger because it is not visible.
+ if(widget == qt_button_down)
+ qt_button_down = 0;
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ if (spontaneous)
+ widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Mapped, false);
+ else
+ widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible, false);
+ widget->d_func()->hideChildren(spontaneous);
+ QHideEvent e;
+ if (spontaneous) {
+ QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(widget, &e);
+ } else {
+ QApplication::sendEvent(widget, &e);
+ if (widget->internalWinId()
+ && widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors)) {
+ // hide_sys() on an ancestor won't have any affect on this
+ // widget, so it needs an explicit hide_sys() of its own
+ widget->d_func()->hide_sys();
+ }
+ }
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined (Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_QPA)
+ qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(widget);
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+ if (!spontaneous)
+ QAccessible::updateAccessibility(widget, 0, QAccessible::ObjectHide);
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+bool QWidgetPrivate::close_helper(CloseMode mode)
+{
+ if (data.is_closing)
+ return true;
+
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ data.is_closing = 1;
+
+ QPointer<QWidget> that = q;
+ QPointer<QWidget> parentWidget = q->parentWidget();
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ bool isMain = (QApplicationPrivate::main_widget == q);
+#endif
+ bool quitOnClose = q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose);
+ if (mode != CloseNoEvent) {
+ QCloseEvent e;
+ if (mode == CloseWithSpontaneousEvent)
+ QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(q, &e);
+ else
+ QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+ if (!that.isNull() && !e.isAccepted()) {
+ data.is_closing = 0;
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!that.isNull() && !q->isHidden())
+ q->hide();
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (isMain)
+ QApplication::quit();
+#endif
+ // Attempt to close the application only if this has WA_QuitOnClose set and a non-visible parent
+ quitOnClose = quitOnClose && (parentWidget.isNull() || !parentWidget->isVisible());
+
+ if (quitOnClose) {
+ /* if there is no non-withdrawn primary window left (except
+ the ones without QuitOnClose), we emit the lastWindowClosed
+ signal */
+ QWidgetList list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
+ bool lastWindowClosed = true;
+ for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = list.at(i);
+ if (!w->isVisible() || w->parentWidget() || !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose))
+ continue;
+ lastWindowClosed = false;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (lastWindowClosed)
+ QApplicationPrivate::emitLastWindowClosed();
+ }
+
+ if (!that.isNull()) {
+ data.is_closing = 0;
+ if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose)) {
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose, false);
+ q->deleteLater();
+ }
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Closes this widget. Returns true if the widget was closed;
+ otherwise returns false.
+
+ First it sends the widget a QCloseEvent. The widget is \link
+ hide() hidden\endlink if it \link QCloseEvent::accept()
+ accepts\endlink the close event. If it \link QCloseEvent::ignore()
+ ignores\endlink the event, nothing happens. The default
+ implementation of QWidget::closeEvent() accepts the close event.
+
+ If the widget has the Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose flag, the widget
+ is also deleted. A close events is delivered to the widget no
+ matter if the widget is visible or not.
+
+ The \l QApplication::lastWindowClosed() signal is emitted when the
+ last visible primary window (i.e. window with no parent) with the
+ Qt::WA_QuitOnClose attribute set is closed. By default this
+ attribute is set for all widgets except transient windows such as
+ splash screens, tool windows, and popup menus.
+
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::close()
+{
+ return d_func()->close_helper(QWidgetPrivate::CloseWithEvent);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::visible
+ \brief whether the widget is visible
+
+ Calling setVisible(true) or show() sets the widget to visible
+ status if all its parent widgets up to the window are visible. If
+ an ancestor is not visible, the widget won't become visible until
+ all its ancestors are shown. If its size or position has changed,
+ Qt guarantees that a widget gets move and resize events just
+ before it is shown. If the widget has not been resized yet, Qt
+ will adjust the widget's size to a useful default using
+ adjustSize().
+
+ Calling setVisible(false) or hide() hides a widget explicitly. An
+ explicitly hidden widget will never become visible, even if all
+ its ancestors become visible, unless you show it.
+
+ A widget receives show and hide events when its visibility status
+ changes. Between a hide and a show event, there is no need to
+ waste CPU cycles preparing or displaying information to the user.
+ A video application, for example, might simply stop generating new
+ frames.
+
+ A widget that happens to be obscured by other windows on the
+ screen is considered to be visible. The same applies to iconified
+ windows and windows that exist on another virtual
+ desktop (on platforms that support this concept). A widget
+ receives spontaneous show and hide events when its mapping status
+ is changed by the window system, e.g. a spontaneous hide event
+ when the user minimizes the window, and a spontaneous show event
+ when the window is restored again.
+
+ You almost never have to reimplement the setVisible() function. If
+ you need to change some settings before a widget is shown, use
+ showEvent() instead. If you need to do some delayed initialization
+ use the Polish event delivered to the event() function.
+
+ \sa show(), hide(), isHidden(), isVisibleTo(), isMinimized(),
+ showEvent(), hideEvent()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns true if this widget would become visible if \a ancestor is
+ shown; otherwise returns false.
+
+ The true case occurs if neither the widget itself nor any parent
+ up to but excluding \a ancestor has been explicitly hidden.
+
+ This function will still return true if the widget is obscured by
+ other windows on the screen, but could be physically visible if it
+ or they were to be moved.
+
+ isVisibleTo(0) is identical to isVisible().
+
+ \sa show() hide() isVisible()
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::isVisibleTo(QWidget* ancestor) const
+{
+ if (!ancestor)
+ return isVisible();
+ const QWidget * w = this;
+ while (!w->isHidden()
+ && !w->isWindow()
+ && w->parentWidget()
+ && w->parentWidget() != ancestor)
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ return !w->isHidden();
+}
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+ Use visibleRegion() instead.
+*/
+QRect QWidget::visibleRect() const
+{
+ return d_func()->clipRect();
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ Returns the unobscured region where paint events can occur.
+
+ For visible widgets, this is an approximation of the area not
+ covered by other widgets; otherwise, this is an empty region.
+
+ The repaint() function calls this function if necessary, so in
+ general you do not need to call it.
+
+*/
+QRegion QWidget::visibleRegion() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+
+ QRect clipRect = d->clipRect();
+ if (clipRect.isEmpty())
+ return QRegion();
+ QRegion r(clipRect);
+ d->subtractOpaqueChildren(r, clipRect);
+ d->subtractOpaqueSiblings(r);
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+ const QWSWindowSurface *surface = static_cast<const QWSWindowSurface*>(windowSurface());
+ if (surface) {
+ const QPoint offset = mapTo(surface->window(), QPoint());
+ r &= surface->clipRegion().translated(-offset);
+ }
+#endif
+ return r;
+}
+
+
+QSize QWidgetPrivate::adjustedSize() const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+
+ QSize s = q->sizeHint();
+
+ if (q->isWindow()) {
+ Qt::Orientations exp;
+ if (layout) {
+ if (layout->hasHeightForWidth())
+ s.setHeight(layout->totalHeightForWidth(s.width()));
+ exp = layout->expandingDirections();
+ } else
+ {
+ if (q->sizePolicy().hasHeightForWidth())
+ s.setHeight(q->heightForWidth(s.width()));
+ exp = q->sizePolicy().expandingDirections();
+ }
+ if (exp & Qt::Horizontal)
+ s.setWidth(qMax(s.width(), 200));
+ if (exp & Qt::Vertical)
+ s.setHeight(qMax(s.height(), 100));
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ QRect screen = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(q->x11Info().screen());
+#else // all others
+ QRect screen = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(q->pos());
+#endif
+#if defined (Q_WS_WINCE) || defined (Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+ s.setWidth(qMin(s.width(), screen.width()));
+ s.setHeight(qMin(s.height(), screen.height()));
+#else
+ s.setWidth(qMin(s.width(), screen.width()*2/3));
+ s.setHeight(qMin(s.height(), screen.height()*2/3));
+#endif
+ if (QTLWExtra *extra = maybeTopData())
+ extra->sizeAdjusted = true;
+ }
+
+ if (!s.isValid()) {
+ QRect r = q->childrenRect(); // get children rectangle
+ if (r.isNull())
+ return s;
+ s = r.size() + QSize(2 * r.x(), 2 * r.y());
+ }
+
+ return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+ Adjusts the size of the widget to fit its contents.
+
+ This function uses sizeHint() if it is valid, i.e., the size hint's width
+ and height are \>= 0. Otherwise, it sets the size to the children
+ rectangle that covers all child widgets (the union of all child widget
+ rectangles).
+
+ For windows, the screen size is also taken into account. If the sizeHint()
+ is less than (200, 100) and the size policy is \l{QSizePolicy::Expanding}
+ {expanding}, the window will be at least (200, 100). The maximum size of
+ a window is 2/3 of the screen's width and height.
+
+ \sa sizeHint(), childrenRect()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::adjustSize()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ ensurePolished();
+ QSize s = d->adjustedSize();
+
+ if (d->layout)
+ d->layout->activate();
+
+ if (s.isValid())
+ resize(s);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::sizeHint
+ \brief the recommended size for the widget
+
+ If the value of this property is an invalid size, no size is
+ recommended.
+
+ The default implementation of sizeHint() returns an invalid size
+ if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the layout's
+ preferred size otherwise.
+
+ \sa QSize::isValid(), minimumSizeHint(), sizePolicy(),
+ setMinimumSize(), updateGeometry()
+*/
+
+QSize QWidget::sizeHint() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (d->layout)
+ return d->layout->totalSizeHint();
+ return QSize(-1, -1);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::minimumSizeHint
+ \brief the recommended minimum size for the widget
+
+ If the value of this property is an invalid size, no minimum size
+ is recommended.
+
+ The default implementation of minimumSizeHint() returns an invalid
+ size if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the
+ layout's minimum size otherwise. Most built-in widgets reimplement
+ minimumSizeHint().
+
+ \l QLayout will never resize a widget to a size smaller than the
+ minimum size hint unless minimumSize() is set or the size policy is
+ set to QSizePolicy::Ignore. If minimumSize() is set, the minimum
+ size hint will be ignored.
+
+ \sa QSize::isValid(), resize(), setMinimumSize(), sizePolicy()
+*/
+QSize QWidget::minimumSizeHint() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (d->layout)
+ return d->layout->totalMinimumSize();
+ return QSize(-1, -1);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \fn QWidget *QWidget::parentWidget() const
+
+ Returns the parent of this widget, or 0 if it does not have any
+ parent widget.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+ Returns true if this widget is a parent, (or grandparent and so on
+ to any level), of the given \a child, and both widgets are within
+ the same window; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::isAncestorOf(const QWidget *child) const
+{
+ while (child) {
+ if (child == this)
+ return true;
+ if (child->isWindow())
+ return false;
+ child = child->parentWidget();
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+inline void setDisabledStyle(QWidget *w, bool setStyle)
+{
+ // set/reset WS_DISABLED style.
+ if(w && w->isWindow() && w->isVisible() && w->isEnabled()) {
+ LONG dwStyle = GetWindowLong(w->winId(), GWL_STYLE);
+ LONG newStyle = dwStyle;
+ if (setStyle)
+ newStyle |= WS_DISABLED;
+ else
+ newStyle &= ~WS_DISABLED;
+ if (newStyle != dwStyle) {
+ SetWindowLong(w->winId(), GWL_STYLE, newStyle);
+ // we might need to repaint in some situations (eg. menu)
+ w->repaint();
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ QWidget event handling
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+ This is the main event handler; it handles event \a event. You can
+ reimplement this function in a subclass, but we recommend using
+ one of the specialized event handlers instead.
+
+ Key press and release events are treated differently from other
+ events. event() checks for Tab and Shift+Tab and tries to move the
+ focus appropriately. If there is no widget to move the focus to
+ (or the key press is not Tab or Shift+Tab), event() calls
+ keyPressEvent().
+
+ Mouse and tablet event handling is also slightly special: only
+ when the widget is \l enabled, event() will call the specialized
+ handlers such as mousePressEvent(); otherwise it will discard the
+ event.
+
+ This function returns true if the event was recognized, otherwise
+ it returns false. If the recognized event was accepted (see \l
+ QEvent::accepted), any further processing such as event
+ propagation to the parent widget stops.
+
+ \sa closeEvent(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), enterEvent(),
+ keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), leaveEvent(),
+ mouseDoubleClickEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), mousePressEvent(),
+ mouseReleaseEvent(), moveEvent(), paintEvent(), resizeEvent(),
+ QObject::event(), QObject::timerEvent()
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::event(QEvent *event)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ // ignore mouse events when disabled
+ if (!isEnabled()) {
+ switch(event->type()) {
+ case QEvent::TabletPress:
+ case QEvent::TabletRelease:
+ case QEvent::TabletMove:
+ case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+ case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+ case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
+ case QEvent::MouseMove:
+ case QEvent::TouchBegin:
+ case QEvent::TouchUpdate:
+ case QEvent::TouchEnd:
+ case QEvent::ContextMenu:
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+ case QEvent::Wheel:
+#endif
+ return false;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ switch (event->type()) {
+ case QEvent::MouseMove:
+ mouseMoveEvent((QMouseEvent*)event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
+ // Don't reset input context here. Whether reset or not is
+ // a responsibility of input method. reset() will be
+ // called by mouseHandler() of input method if necessary
+ // via mousePressEvent() of text widgets.
+#if 0
+ resetInputContext();
+#endif
+ mousePressEvent((QMouseEvent*)event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
+ mouseReleaseEvent((QMouseEvent*)event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
+ mouseDoubleClickEvent((QMouseEvent*)event);
+ break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+ case QEvent::Wheel:
+ wheelEvent((QWheelEvent*)event);
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
+ case QEvent::TabletMove:
+ case QEvent::TabletPress:
+ case QEvent::TabletRelease:
+ tabletEvent((QTabletEvent*)event);
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ case QEvent::Accel:
+ event->ignore();
+ return false;
+#endif
+ case QEvent::KeyPress: {
+ QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent *)event;
+ bool res = false;
+ if (!(k->modifiers() & (Qt::ControlModifier | Qt::AltModifier))) { //### Add MetaModifier?
+ if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Backtab
+ || (k->key() == Qt::Key_Tab && (k->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)))
+ res = focusNextPrevChild(false);
+ else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Tab)
+ res = focusNextPrevChild(true);
+ if (res)
+ break;
+ }
+ keyPressEvent(k);
+#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
+ if (!k->isAccepted() && QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled()
+ && !(k->modifiers() & (Qt::ControlModifier | Qt::AltModifier | Qt::ShiftModifier))) {
+ if (QApplication::navigationMode() == Qt::NavigationModeKeypadTabOrder) {
+ if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Up)
+ res = focusNextPrevChild(false);
+ else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Down)
+ res = focusNextPrevChild(true);
+ } else if (QApplication::navigationMode() == Qt::NavigationModeKeypadDirectional) {
+ if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Up)
+ res = QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionNorth);
+ else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Right)
+ res = QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionEast);
+ else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Down)
+ res = QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionSouth);
+ else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Left)
+ res = QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionWest);
+ }
+ if (res) {
+ k->accept();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
+ if (!k->isAccepted()
+ && k->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier && k->key() == Qt::Key_F1
+ && d->whatsThis.size()) {
+ QWhatsThis::showText(mapToGlobal(inputMethodQuery(Qt::ImMicroFocus).toRect().center()), d->whatsThis, this);
+ k->accept();
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::KeyRelease:
+ keyReleaseEvent((QKeyEvent*)event);
+ // fall through
+ case QEvent::ShortcutOverride:
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::InputMethod:
+ inputMethodEvent((QInputMethodEvent *) event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::PolishRequest:
+ ensurePolished();
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::Polish: {
+ style()->polish(this);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Polished);
+ if (!QApplication::font(this).isCopyOf(QApplication::font()))
+ d->resolveFont();
+ if (!QApplication::palette(this).isCopyOf(QApplication::palette()))
+ d->resolvePalette();
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if(d->sendChildEvents)
+ QApplication::sendPostedEvents(this, QEvent::ChildInserted);
+#endif
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::ApplicationWindowIconChange:
+ if (isWindow() && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowIcon)) {
+ d->setWindowIcon_sys();
+ d->setWindowIcon_helper();
+ }
+ break;
+ case QEvent::FocusIn:
+#ifdef QT_SOFTKEYS_ENABLED
+ QSoftKeyManager::updateSoftKeys();
+#endif
+ focusInEvent((QFocusEvent*)event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::FocusOut:
+ focusOutEvent((QFocusEvent*)event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::Enter:
+#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSTIP
+ if (d->statusTip.size()) {
+ QStatusTipEvent tip(d->statusTip);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(const_cast<QWidget *>(this), &tip);
+ }
+#endif
+ enterEvent(event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::Leave:
+#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSTIP
+ if (d->statusTip.size()) {
+ QString empty;
+ QStatusTipEvent tip(empty);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(const_cast<QWidget *>(this), &tip);
+ }
+#endif
+ leaveEvent(event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::HoverEnter:
+ case QEvent::HoverLeave:
+ update();
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::Paint:
+ // At this point the event has to be delivered, regardless
+ // whether the widget isVisible() or not because it
+ // already went through the filters
+ paintEvent((QPaintEvent*)event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::Move:
+ moveEvent((QMoveEvent*)event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::Resize:
+ resizeEvent((QResizeEvent*)event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::Close:
+ closeEvent((QCloseEvent *)event);
+ break;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
+ case QEvent::ContextMenu:
+ switch (data->context_menu_policy) {
+ case Qt::PreventContextMenu:
+ break;
+ case Qt::DefaultContextMenu:
+ contextMenuEvent(static_cast<QContextMenuEvent *>(event));
+ break;
+ case Qt::CustomContextMenu:
+ emit customContextMenuRequested(static_cast<QContextMenuEvent *>(event)->pos());
+ break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_MENU
+ case Qt::ActionsContextMenu:
+ if (d->actions.count()) {
+ QMenu::exec(d->actions, static_cast<QContextMenuEvent *>(event)->globalPos(),
+ 0, this);
+ break;
+ }
+ // fall through
+#endif
+ default:
+ event->ignore();
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif // QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+ case QEvent::Drop:
+ dropEvent((QDropEvent*) event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::DragEnter:
+ dragEnterEvent((QDragEnterEvent*) event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::DragMove:
+ dragMoveEvent((QDragMoveEvent*) event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::DragLeave:
+ dragLeaveEvent((QDragLeaveEvent*) event);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case QEvent::Show:
+ showEvent((QShowEvent*) event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::Hide:
+ hideEvent((QHideEvent*) event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::ShowWindowRequest:
+ if (!isHidden())
+ d->show_sys();
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::ApplicationFontChange:
+ d->resolveFont();
+ break;
+ case QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange:
+ if (!(windowType() == Qt::Desktop))
+ d->resolvePalette();
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::ToolBarChange:
+ case QEvent::ActivationChange:
+ case QEvent::EnabledChange:
+ case QEvent::FontChange:
+ case QEvent::StyleChange:
+ case QEvent::PaletteChange:
+ case QEvent::WindowTitleChange:
+ case QEvent::IconTextChange:
+ case QEvent::ModifiedChange:
+ case QEvent::MouseTrackingChange:
+ case QEvent::ParentChange:
+ case QEvent::WindowStateChange:
+ case QEvent::LocaleChange:
+ case QEvent::MacSizeChange:
+ case QEvent::ContentsRectChange:
+ changeEvent(event);
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::WindowActivate:
+ case QEvent::WindowDeactivate: {
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ windowActivationChange(event->type() != QEvent::WindowActivate);
+#endif
+ if (isVisible() && !palette().isEqual(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Inactive))
+ update();
+ QList<QObject*> childList = d->children;
+ for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(childList.at(i));
+ if (w && w->isVisible() && !w->isWindow())
+ QApplication::sendEvent(w, event);
+ }
+
+#ifdef QT_SOFTKEYS_ENABLED
+ if (isWindow())
+ QSoftKeyManager::updateSoftKeys();
+#endif
+
+ break; }
+
+ case QEvent::LanguageChange:
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ languageChange();
+#endif
+ changeEvent(event);
+ {
+ QList<QObject*> childList = d->children;
+ for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) {
+ QObject *o = childList.at(i);
+ if (o)
+ QApplication::sendEvent(o, event);
+ }
+ }
+ update();
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::ApplicationLayoutDirectionChange:
+ d->resolveLayoutDirection();
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::LayoutDirectionChange:
+ if (d->layout)
+ d->layout->invalidate();
+ update();
+ changeEvent(event);
+ break;
+ case QEvent::UpdateRequest:
+ d->syncBackingStore();
+ break;
+ case QEvent::UpdateLater:
+ update(static_cast<QUpdateLaterEvent*>(event)->region());
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::WindowBlocked:
+ case QEvent::WindowUnblocked:
+ {
+ QList<QObject*> childList = d->children;
+ for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) {
+ QObject *o = childList.at(i);
+ if (o && o != QApplication::activeModalWidget()) {
+ if (qobject_cast<QWidget *>(o) && static_cast<QWidget *>(o)->isWindow()) {
+ // do not forward the event to child windows,
+ // QApplication does this for us
+ continue;
+ }
+ QApplication::sendEvent(o, event);
+ }
+ }
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+ setDisabledStyle(this, (event->type() == QEvent::WindowBlocked));
+#endif
+ }
+ break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_TOOLTIP
+ case QEvent::ToolTip:
+ if (!d->toolTip.isEmpty())
+ QToolTip::showText(static_cast<QHelpEvent*>(event)->globalPos(), d->toolTip, this);
+ else
+ event->ignore();
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
+ case QEvent::WhatsThis:
+ if (d->whatsThis.size())
+ QWhatsThis::showText(static_cast<QHelpEvent *>(event)->globalPos(), d->whatsThis, this);
+ else
+ event->ignore();
+ break;
+ case QEvent::QueryWhatsThis:
+ if (d->whatsThis.isEmpty())
+ event->ignore();
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+ case QEvent::AccessibilityDescription:
+ case QEvent::AccessibilityHelp: {
+ QAccessibleEvent *ev = static_cast<QAccessibleEvent *>(event);
+ if (ev->child())
+ return false;
+ switch (ev->type()) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_TOOLTIP
+ case QEvent::AccessibilityDescription:
+ ev->setValue(d->toolTip);
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
+ case QEvent::AccessibilityHelp:
+ ev->setValue(d->whatsThis);
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ break; }
+#endif
+ case QEvent::EmbeddingControl:
+ d->topData()->frameStrut.setCoords(0 ,0, 0, 0);
+ data->fstrut_dirty = false;
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11)
+ d->topData()->embedded = 1;
+#endif
+ break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
+ case QEvent::ActionAdded:
+ case QEvent::ActionRemoved:
+ case QEvent::ActionChanged:
+#ifdef QT_SOFTKEYS_ENABLED
+ QSoftKeyManager::updateSoftKeys();
+#endif
+ actionEvent((QActionEvent*)event);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case QEvent::KeyboardLayoutChange:
+ {
+ changeEvent(event);
+
+ // inform children of the change
+ QList<QObject*> childList = d->children;
+ for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(childList.at(i));
+ if (w && w->isVisible() && !w->isWindow())
+ QApplication::sendEvent(w, event);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ case QEvent::MacGLWindowChange:
+ d->needWindowChange = false;
+ break;
+#endif
+ case QEvent::TouchBegin:
+ case QEvent::TouchUpdate:
+ case QEvent::TouchEnd:
+ {
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ QTouchEvent *touchEvent = static_cast<QTouchEvent *>(event);
+ const QTouchEvent::TouchPoint &touchPoint = touchEvent->touchPoints().first();
+ if (touchPoint.isPrimary() || touchEvent->deviceType() == QTouchEvent::TouchPad)
+ break;
+
+ // fake a mouse event!
+ QEvent::Type eventType = QEvent::None;
+ switch (touchEvent->type()) {
+ case QEvent::TouchBegin:
+ eventType = QEvent::MouseButtonPress;
+ break;
+ case QEvent::TouchUpdate:
+ eventType = QEvent::MouseMove;
+ break;
+ case QEvent::TouchEnd:
+ eventType = QEvent::MouseButtonRelease;
+ break;
+ default:
+ Q_ASSERT(!true);
+ break;
+ }
+ if (eventType == QEvent::None)
+ break;
+
+ QMouseEvent mouseEvent(eventType,
+ touchPoint.pos().toPoint(),
+ touchPoint.screenPos().toPoint(),
+ Qt::LeftButton,
+ Qt::LeftButton,
+ touchEvent->modifiers());
+ (void) QApplication::sendEvent(this, &mouseEvent);
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+ case QEvent::Gesture:
+ event->ignore();
+ break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+ case QEvent::DynamicPropertyChange: {
+ const QByteArray &propName = static_cast<QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent *>(event)->propertyName();
+ if (!qstrncmp(propName, "_q_customDpi", 12) && propName.length() == 13) {
+ uint value = property(propName.constData()).toUInt();
+ if (!d->extra)
+ d->createExtra();
+ const char axis = propName.at(12);
+ if (axis == 'X')
+ d->extra->customDpiX = value;
+ else if (axis == 'Y')
+ d->extra->customDpiY = value;
+ d->updateFont(d->data.fnt);
+ }
+ // fall through
+ }
+#endif
+ default:
+ return QObject::event(event);
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+ This event handler can be reimplemented to handle state changes.
+
+ The state being changed in this event can be retrieved through the \a event
+ supplied.
+
+ Change events include: QEvent::ToolBarChange,
+ QEvent::ActivationChange, QEvent::EnabledChange, QEvent::FontChange,
+ QEvent::StyleChange, QEvent::PaletteChange,
+ QEvent::WindowTitleChange, QEvent::IconTextChange,
+ QEvent::ModifiedChange, QEvent::MouseTrackingChange,
+ QEvent::ParentChange, QEvent::WindowStateChange,
+ QEvent::LanguageChange, QEvent::LocaleChange,
+ QEvent::LayoutDirectionChange.
+
+*/
+void QWidget::changeEvent(QEvent * event)
+{
+ switch(event->type()) {
+ case QEvent::EnabledChange:
+ update();
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+ QAccessible::updateAccessibility(this, 0, QAccessible::StateChanged);
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ case QEvent::FontChange:
+ case QEvent::StyleChange: {
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ update();
+ updateGeometry();
+ if (d->layout)
+ d->layout->invalidate();
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+ if (isWindow())
+ d->data.fstrut_dirty = true;
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case QEvent::PaletteChange:
+ update();
+ break;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ case QEvent::MacSizeChange:
+ updateGeometry();
+ break;
+ case QEvent::ToolTipChange:
+ case QEvent::MouseTrackingChange:
+ qt_mac_update_mouseTracking(this);
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive mouse move events for the widget.
+
+ If mouse tracking is switched off, mouse move events only occur if
+ a mouse button is pressed while the mouse is being moved. If mouse
+ tracking is switched on, mouse move events occur even if no mouse
+ button is pressed.
+
+ QMouseEvent::pos() reports the position of the mouse cursor,
+ relative to this widget. For press and release events, the
+ position is usually the same as the position of the last mouse
+ move event, but it might be different if the user's hand shakes.
+ This is a feature of the underlying window system, not Qt.
+
+ If you want to show a tooltip immediately, while the mouse is
+ moving (e.g., to get the mouse coordinates with QMouseEvent::pos()
+ and show them as a tooltip), you must first enable mouse tracking
+ as described above. Then, to ensure that the tooltip is updated
+ immediately, you must call QToolTip::showText() instead of
+ setToolTip() in your implementation of mouseMoveEvent().
+
+ \sa setMouseTracking(), mousePressEvent(), mouseReleaseEvent(),
+ mouseDoubleClickEvent(), event(), QMouseEvent, {Scribble Example}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
+{
+ event->ignore();
+}
+
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive mouse press events for the widget.
+
+ If you create new widgets in the mousePressEvent() the
+ mouseReleaseEvent() may not end up where you expect, depending on
+ the underlying window system (or X11 window manager), the widgets'
+ location and maybe more.
+
+ The default implementation implements the closing of popup widgets
+ when you click outside the window. For other widget types it does
+ nothing.
+
+ \sa mouseReleaseEvent(), mouseDoubleClickEvent(),
+ mouseMoveEvent(), event(), QMouseEvent, {Scribble Example}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
+{
+ event->ignore();
+ if ((windowType() == Qt::Popup)) {
+ event->accept();
+ QWidget* w;
+ while ((w = QApplication::activePopupWidget()) && w != this){
+ w->close();
+ if (QApplication::activePopupWidget() == w) // widget does not want to disappear
+ w->hide(); // hide at least
+ }
+ if (!rect().contains(event->pos())){
+ close();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive mouse release events for the widget.
+
+ \sa mousePressEvent(), mouseDoubleClickEvent(),
+ mouseMoveEvent(), event(), QMouseEvent, {Scribble Example}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
+{
+ event->ignore();
+}
+
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive mouse double click events for the widget.
+
+ The default implementation generates a normal mouse press event.
+
+ \note The widget will also receive mouse press and mouse release
+ events in addition to the double click event. It is up to the
+ developer to ensure that the application interprets these events
+ correctly.
+
+ \sa mousePressEvent(), mouseReleaseEvent() mouseMoveEvent(),
+ event(), QMouseEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
+{
+ mousePressEvent(event); // try mouse press event
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive wheel events for the widget.
+
+ If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
+ \link QWheelEvent ignore()\endlink the event if you do not handle
+ it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it.
+
+ The default implementation ignores the event.
+
+ \sa QWheelEvent::ignore(), QWheelEvent::accept(), event(),
+ QWheelEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event)
+{
+ event->ignore();
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive tablet events for the widget.
+
+ If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
+ \link QTabletEvent ignore()\endlink the event if you do not handle
+ it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it.
+
+ The default implementation ignores the event.
+
+ \sa QTabletEvent::ignore(), QTabletEvent::accept(), event(),
+ QTabletEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::tabletEvent(QTabletEvent *event)
+{
+ event->ignore();
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
+
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive key press events for the widget.
+
+ A widget must call setFocusPolicy() to accept focus initially and
+ have focus in order to receive a key press event.
+
+ If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
+ call the base class implementation if you do not act upon the key.
+
+ The default implementation closes popup widgets if the user
+ presses Esc. Otherwise the event is ignored, so that the widget's
+ parent can interpret it.
+
+ Note that QKeyEvent starts with isAccepted() == true, so you do not
+ need to call QKeyEvent::accept() - just do not call the base class
+ implementation if you act upon the key.
+
+ \sa keyReleaseEvent(), setFocusPolicy(),
+ focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), QKeyEvent, {Tetrix Example}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event)
+{
+ if ((windowType() == Qt::Popup) && event->key() == Qt::Key_Escape) {
+ event->accept();
+ close();
+ } else {
+ event->ignore();
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive key release events for the widget.
+
+ A widget must \link setFocusPolicy() accept focus\endlink
+ initially and \link hasFocus() have focus\endlink in order to
+ receive a key release event.
+
+ If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
+ call the base class implementation if you do not act upon the key.
+
+ The default implementation ignores the event, so that the widget's
+ parent can interpret it.
+
+ Note that QKeyEvent starts with isAccepted() == true, so you do not
+ need to call QKeyEvent::accept() - just do not call the base class
+ implementation if you act upon the key.
+
+ \sa keyPressEvent(), QKeyEvent::ignore(), setFocusPolicy(),
+ focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), QKeyEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::keyReleaseEvent(QKeyEvent *event)
+{
+ event->ignore();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ keyboard focus events (focus received) for the widget. The event
+ is passed in the \a event parameter
+
+ A widget normally must setFocusPolicy() to something other than
+ Qt::NoFocus in order to receive focus events. (Note that the
+ application programmer can call setFocus() on any widget, even
+ those that do not normally accept focus.)
+
+ The default implementation updates the widget (except for windows
+ that do not specify a focusPolicy()).
+
+ \sa focusOutEvent(), setFocusPolicy(), keyPressEvent(),
+ keyReleaseEvent(), event(), QFocusEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *)
+{
+ if (focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus || !isWindow()) {
+ update();
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ keyboard focus events (focus lost) for the widget. The events is
+ passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+ A widget normally must setFocusPolicy() to something other than
+ Qt::NoFocus in order to receive focus events. (Note that the
+ application programmer can call setFocus() on any widget, even
+ those that do not normally accept focus.)
+
+ The default implementation updates the widget (except for windows
+ that do not specify a focusPolicy()).
+
+ \sa focusInEvent(), setFocusPolicy(), keyPressEvent(),
+ keyReleaseEvent(), event(), QFocusEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent *)
+{
+ if (focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus || !isWindow())
+ update();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::enterEvent(QEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ widget enter events which are passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+ An event is sent to the widget when the mouse cursor enters the
+ widget.
+
+ \sa leaveEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), event()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::enterEvent(QEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::leaveEvent(QEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ widget leave events which are passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+ A leave event is sent to the widget when the mouse cursor leaves
+ the widget.
+
+ \sa enterEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), event()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::leaveEvent(QEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive paint
+ events passed in \a event.
+
+ A paint event is a request to repaint all or part of a widget. It can
+ happen for one of the following reasons:
+
+ \list
+ \o repaint() or update() was invoked,
+ \o the widget was obscured and has now been uncovered, or
+ \o many other reasons.
+ \endlist
+
+ Many widgets can simply repaint their entire surface when asked to, but
+ some slow widgets need to optimize by painting only the requested region:
+ QPaintEvent::region(). This speed optimization does not change the result,
+ as painting is clipped to that region during event processing. QListView
+ and QTableView do this, for example.
+
+ Qt also tries to speed up painting by merging multiple paint events into
+ one. When update() is called several times or the window system sends
+ several paint events, Qt merges these events into one event with a larger
+ region (see QRegion::united()). The repaint() function does not permit this
+ optimization, so we suggest using update() whenever possible.
+
+ When the paint event occurs, the update region has normally been erased, so
+ you are painting on the widget's background.
+
+ The background can be set using setBackgroundRole() and setPalette().
+
+ Since Qt 4.0, QWidget automatically double-buffers its painting, so there
+ is no need to write double-buffering code in paintEvent() to avoid flicker.
+
+ \bold{Note for the X11 platform}: It is possible to toggle global double
+ buffering by calling \c qt_x11_set_global_double_buffer(). For example,
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 14
+
+ \note Generally, you should refrain from calling update() or repaint()
+ \bold{inside} a paintEvent(). For example, calling update() or repaint() on
+ children inside a paintevent() results in undefined behavior; the child may
+ or may not get a paint event.
+
+ \warning If you are using a custom paint engine without Qt's backingstore,
+ Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen must be set. Otherwise, QWidget::paintEngine() will
+ never be called; the backingstore will be used instead.
+
+ \sa event(), repaint(), update(), QPainter, QPixmap, QPaintEvent,
+ {Analog Clock Example}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::moveEvent(QMoveEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ widget move events which are passed in the \a event parameter.
+ When the widget receives this event, it is already at the new
+ position.
+
+ The old position is accessible through QMoveEvent::oldPos().
+
+ \sa resizeEvent(), event(), move(), QMoveEvent
+*/
+
+void QWidget::moveEvent(QMoveEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ widget resize events which are passed in the \a event parameter.
+ When resizeEvent() is called, the widget already has its new
+ geometry. The old size is accessible through
+ QResizeEvent::oldSize().
+
+ The widget will be erased and receive a paint event immediately
+ after processing the resize event. No drawing need be (or should
+ be) done inside this handler.
+
+
+ \sa moveEvent(), event(), resize(), QResizeEvent, paintEvent(),
+ {Scribble Example}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent * /* event */)
+{
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::actionEvent(QActionEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler is called with the given \a event whenever the
+ widget's actions are changed.
+
+ \sa addAction(), insertAction(), removeAction(), actions(), QActionEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::actionEvent(QActionEvent *)
+{
+
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ This event handler is called with the given \a event when Qt receives a window
+ close request for a top-level widget from the window system.
+
+ By default, the event is accepted and the widget is closed. You can reimplement
+ this function to change the way the widget responds to window close requests.
+ For example, you can prevent the window from closing by calling \l{QEvent::}{ignore()}
+ on all events.
+
+ Main window applications typically use reimplementations of this function to check
+ whether the user's work has been saved and ask for permission before closing.
+ For example, the \l{Application Example} uses a helper function to determine whether
+ or not to close the window:
+
+ \snippet mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 3
+ \snippet mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 4
+
+ \sa event(), hide(), close(), QCloseEvent, {Application Example}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event)
+{
+ event->accept();
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive widget context menu events.
+
+ The handler is called when the widget's \l contextMenuPolicy is
+ Qt::DefaultContextMenu.
+
+ The default implementation ignores the context event.
+ See the \l QContextMenuEvent documentation for more details.
+
+ \sa event(), QContextMenuEvent customContextMenuRequested()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *event)
+{
+ event->ignore();
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
+
+
+/*!
+ This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a
+ subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler
+ is called when the state of the input method changes.
+
+ Note that when creating custom text editing widgets, the
+ Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled window attribute must be set explicitly
+ (using the setAttribute() function) in order to receive input
+ method events.
+
+ The default implementation calls event->ignore(), which rejects the
+ Input Method event. See the \l QInputMethodEvent documentation for more
+ details.
+
+ \sa event(), QInputMethodEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::inputMethodEvent(QInputMethodEvent *event)
+{
+ event->ignore();
+}
+
+/*!
+ This method is only relevant for input widgets. It is used by the
+ input method to query a set of properties of the widget to be
+ able to support complex input method operations as support for
+ surrounding text and reconversions.
+
+ \a query specifies which property is queried.
+
+ \sa inputMethodEvent(), QInputMethodEvent, QInputContext, inputMethodHints
+*/
+QVariant QWidget::inputMethodQuery(Qt::InputMethodQuery query) const
+{
+ switch(query) {
+ case Qt::ImMicroFocus:
+ return QRect(width()/2, 0, 1, height());
+ case Qt::ImFont:
+ return font();
+ case Qt::ImAnchorPosition:
+ // Fallback.
+ return inputMethodQuery(Qt::ImCursorPosition);
+ default:
+ return QVariant();
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::inputMethodHints
+ \brief What input method specific hints the widget has.
+
+ This is only relevant for input widgets. It is used by
+ the input method to retrieve hints as to how the input method
+ should operate. For example, if the Qt::ImhFormattedNumbersOnly flag
+ is set, the input method may change its visual components to reflect
+ that only numbers can be entered.
+
+ \note The flags are only hints, so the particular input method
+ implementation is free to ignore them. If you want to be
+ sure that a certain type of characters are entered,
+ you should also set a QValidator on the widget.
+
+ The default value is Qt::ImhNone.
+
+ \since 4.6
+
+ \sa inputMethodQuery(), QInputContext
+*/
+Qt::InputMethodHints QWidget::inputMethodHints() const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ const QWidgetPrivate *priv = d_func();
+ while (priv->inheritsInputMethodHints) {
+ priv = priv->q_func()->parentWidget()->d_func();
+ Q_ASSERT(priv);
+ }
+ return priv->imHints;
+#else //QT_NO_IM
+ return 0;
+#endif //QT_NO_IM
+}
+
+void QWidget::setInputMethodHints(Qt::InputMethodHints hints)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->imHints = hints;
+ // Optimization to update input context only it has already been created.
+ if (d->ic || qApp->d_func()->inputContext) {
+ QInputContext *ic = inputContext();
+ if (ic)
+ ic->update();
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_IM
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the
+ mouse enters this widget. The event is passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+ If the event is ignored, the widget won't receive any \l{dragMoveEvent()}{drag
+ move events}.
+
+ See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an
+ overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
+
+ \sa QDrag, QDragEnterEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler is called if a drag is in progress, and when
+ any of the following conditions occur: the cursor enters this widget,
+ the cursor moves within this widget, or a modifier key is pressed on
+ the keyboard while this widget has the focus. The event is passed
+ in the \a event parameter.
+
+ See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an
+ overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
+
+ \sa QDrag, QDragMoveEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::dragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the
+ mouse leaves this widget. The event is passed in the \a event
+ parameter.
+
+ See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an
+ overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
+
+ \sa QDrag, QDragLeaveEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::dragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::dropEvent(QDropEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler is called when the drag is dropped on this
+ widget. The event is passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+ See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an
+ overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
+
+ \sa QDrag, QDropEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::dropEvent(QDropEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::showEvent(QShowEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ widget show events which are passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+ Non-spontaneous show events are sent to widgets immediately
+ before they are shown. The spontaneous show events of windows are
+ delivered afterwards.
+
+ Note: A widget receives spontaneous show and hide events when its
+ mapping status is changed by the window system, e.g. a spontaneous
+ hide event when the user minimizes the window, and a spontaneous
+ show event when the window is restored again. After receiving a
+ spontaneous hide event, a widget is still considered visible in
+ the sense of isVisible().
+
+ \sa visible, event(), QShowEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::showEvent(QShowEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::hideEvent(QHideEvent *event)
+
+ This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ widget hide events. The event is passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+ Hide events are sent to widgets immediately after they have been
+ hidden.
+
+ Note: A widget receives spontaneous show and hide events when its
+ mapping status is changed by the window system, e.g. a spontaneous
+ hide event when the user minimizes the window, and a spontaneous
+ show event when the window is restored again. After receiving a
+ spontaneous hide event, a widget is still considered visible in
+ the sense of isVisible().
+
+ \sa visible, event(), QHideEvent
+*/
+void QWidget::hideEvent(QHideEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+/*
+ \fn QWidget::x11Event(MSG *)
+
+ This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ native X11 events.
+
+ In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop Qt from
+ handling the event, return true. If you return false, this native event
+ is passed back to Qt, which translates it into a Qt event and sends it to
+ the widget.
+
+ \note Events are only delivered to this event handler if the widget is
+ native.
+
+ \warning This function is not portable.
+
+ \sa QApplication::x11EventFilter(), QWidget::winId()
+*/
+
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::macEvent(EventHandlerCallRef caller, EventRef event)
+
+ This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to
+ receive native Macintosh events.
+
+ The parameters are a bit different depending if Qt is build against Carbon
+ or Cocoa. In Carbon, \a caller and \a event are the corresponding
+ EventHandlerCallRef and EventRef that correspond to the Carbon event
+ handlers that are installed. In Cocoa, \a caller is always 0 and the
+ EventRef is the EventRef generated from the NSEvent.
+
+ In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the
+ event being handled by Qt, return true. If you return false, this
+ native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into
+ a Qt event and sends it to the widget.
+
+ \warning This function is not portable.
+
+ \warning This function was not called inside of Qt until Qt 4.4.
+ If you need compatibility with earlier versions of Qt, consider QApplication::macEventFilter() instead.
+
+ \sa QApplication::macEventFilter()
+*/
+
+bool QWidget::macEvent(EventHandlerCallRef, EventRef)
+{
+ return false;
+}
+
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+
+/*!
+ This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to
+ receive native Windows events which are passed in the \a message
+ parameter.
+
+ In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the
+ event being handled by Qt, return true and set \a result to the value
+ that the window procedure should return. If you return false, this
+ native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into
+ a Qt event and sends it to the widget.
+
+ \warning This function is not portable.
+
+ \sa QApplication::winEventFilter()
+*/
+bool QWidget::winEvent(MSG *message, long *result)
+{
+ Q_UNUSED(message);
+ Q_UNUSED(result);
+ return false;
+}
+
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::x11Event(XEvent *event)
+
+ This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+ native X11 events passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+ In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop Qt from
+ handling the event, return true. If you return false, this native event
+ is passed back to Qt, which translates it into a Qt event and sends it to
+ the widget.
+
+ \note Events are only delivered to this event handler if the widget is
+ native.
+
+ \warning This function is not portable.
+
+ \sa QApplication::x11EventFilter(), QWidget::winId()
+*/
+bool QWidget::x11Event(XEvent *)
+{
+ return false;
+}
+
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WS_QWS)
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::qwsEvent(QWSEvent *event)
+
+ This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to
+ receive native Qt for Embedded Linux events which are passed in the
+ \a event parameter.
+
+ In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the
+ event being handled by Qt, return true. If you return false, this
+ native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into
+ a Qt event and sends it to the widget.
+
+ \warning This function is not portable.
+
+ \sa QApplication::qwsEventFilter()
+*/
+bool QWidget::qwsEvent(QWSEvent *)
+{
+ return false;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+ Ensures that the widget has been polished by QStyle (i.e., has a
+ proper font and palette).
+
+ QWidget calls this function after it has been fully constructed
+ but before it is shown the very first time. You can call this
+ function if you want to ensure that the widget is polished before
+ doing an operation, e.g., the correct font size might be needed in
+ the widget's sizeHint() reimplementation. Note that this function
+ \e is called from the default implementation of sizeHint().
+
+ Polishing is useful for final initialization that must happen after
+ all constructors (from base classes as well as from subclasses)
+ have been called.
+
+ If you need to change some settings when a widget is polished,
+ reimplement event() and handle the QEvent::Polish event type.
+
+ \bold{Note:} The function is declared const so that it can be called from
+ other const functions (e.g., sizeHint()).
+
+ \sa event()
+*/
+void QWidget::ensurePolished() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+
+ const QMetaObject *m = metaObject();
+ if (m == d->polished)
+ return;
+ d->polished = m;
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::Polish);
+ QCoreApplication::sendEvent(const_cast<QWidget *>(this), &e);
+
+ // polish children after 'this'
+ QList<QObject*> children = d->children;
+ for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+ QObject *o = children.at(i);
+ if(!o->isWidgetType())
+ continue;
+ if (QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(o))
+ w->ensurePolished();
+ }
+
+ if (d->parent && d->sendChildEvents) {
+ QChildEvent e(QEvent::ChildPolished, const_cast<QWidget *>(this));
+ QCoreApplication::sendEvent(d->parent, &e);
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns the mask currently set on a widget. If no mask is set the
+ return value will be an empty region.
+
+ \sa setMask(), clearMask(), QRegion::isEmpty(), {Shaped Clock Example}
+*/
+QRegion QWidget::mask() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->extra ? d->extra->mask : QRegion();
+}
+
+/*!
+ Returns the layout manager that is installed on this widget, or 0
+ if no layout manager is installed.
+
+ The layout manager sets the geometry of the widget's children
+ that have been added to the layout.
+
+ \sa setLayout(), sizePolicy(), {Layout Management}
+*/
+QLayout *QWidget::layout() const
+{
+ return d_func()->layout;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setLayout(QLayout *layout)
+
+ Sets the layout manager for this widget to \a layout.
+
+ If there already is a layout manager installed on this widget,
+ QWidget won't let you install another. You must first delete the
+ existing layout manager (returned by layout()) before you can
+ call setLayout() with the new layout.
+
+ If \a layout is the layout manger on a different widget, setLayout()
+ will reparent the layout and make it the layout manager for this widget.
+
+ Example:
+
+ \snippet examples/uitools/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 3b
+
+ An alternative to calling this function is to pass this widget to
+ the layout's constructor.
+
+ The QWidget will take ownership of \a layout.
+
+ \sa layout(), {Layout Management}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setLayout(QLayout *l)
+{
+ if (!l) {
+ qWarning("QWidget::setLayout: Cannot set layout to 0");
+ return;
+ }
+ if (layout()) {
+ if (layout() != l)
+ qWarning("QWidget::setLayout: Attempting to set QLayout \"%s\" on %s \"%s\", which already has a"
+ " layout", l->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), metaObject()->className(),
+ objectName().toLocal8Bit().data());
+ return;
+ }
+
+ QObject *oldParent = l->parent();
+ if (oldParent && oldParent != this) {
+ if (oldParent->isWidgetType()) {
+ // Steal the layout off a widget parent. Takes effect when
+ // morphing laid-out container widgets in Designer.
+ QWidget *oldParentWidget = static_cast<QWidget *>(oldParent);
+ oldParentWidget->takeLayout();
+ } else {
+ qWarning("QWidget::setLayout: Attempting to set QLayout \"%s\" on %s \"%s\", when the QLayout already has a parent",
+ l->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), metaObject()->className(),
+ objectName().toLocal8Bit().data());
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ l->d_func()->topLevel = true;
+ d->layout = l;
+ if (oldParent != this) {
+ l->setParent(this);
+ l->d_func()->reparentChildWidgets(this);
+ l->invalidate();
+ }
+
+ if (isWindow() && d->maybeTopData())
+ d->topData()->sizeAdjusted = false;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn QLayout *QWidget::takeLayout()
+
+ Remove the layout from the widget.
+ \since 4.5
+*/
+
+QLayout *QWidget::takeLayout()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ QLayout *l = layout();
+ if (!l)
+ return 0;
+ d->layout = 0;
+ l->setParent(0);
+ return l;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::sizePolicy
+ \brief the default layout behavior of the widget
+
+ If there is a QLayout that manages this widget's children, the
+ size policy specified by that layout is used. If there is no such
+ QLayout, the result of this function is used.
+
+ The default policy is Preferred/Preferred, which means that the
+ widget can be freely resized, but prefers to be the size
+ sizeHint() returns. Button-like widgets set the size policy to
+ specify that they may stretch horizontally, but are fixed
+ vertically. The same applies to lineedit controls (such as
+ QLineEdit, QSpinBox or an editable QComboBox) and other
+ horizontally orientated widgets (such as QProgressBar).
+ QToolButton's are normally square, so they allow growth in both
+ directions. Widgets that support different directions (such as
+ QSlider, QScrollBar or QHeader) specify stretching in the
+ respective direction only. Widgets that can provide scroll bars
+ (usually subclasses of QScrollArea) tend to specify that they can
+ use additional space, and that they can make do with less than
+ sizeHint().
+
+ \sa sizeHint() QLayout QSizePolicy updateGeometry()
+*/
+QSizePolicy QWidget::sizePolicy() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->size_policy;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy policy)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_OwnSizePolicy);
+ if (policy == d->size_policy)
+ return;
+ d->size_policy = policy;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (QWExtra *extra = d->extra) {
+ if (extra->proxyWidget)
+ extra->proxyWidget->setSizePolicy(policy);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ updateGeometry();
+
+ if (isWindow() && d->maybeTopData())
+ d->topData()->sizeAdjusted = false;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Policy horizontal, QSizePolicy::Policy vertical)
+ \overload
+
+ Sets the size policy of the widget to \a horizontal and \a
+ vertical, with standard stretch and no height-for-width.
+
+ \sa QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ Returns the preferred height for this widget, given the width \a w.
+
+ If this widget has a layout, the default implementation returns
+ the layout's preferred height. if there is no layout, the default
+ implementation returns -1 indicating that the preferred height
+ does not depend on the width.
+*/
+
+int QWidget::heightForWidth(int w) const
+{
+ if (layout() && layout()->hasHeightForWidth())
+ return layout()->totalHeightForWidth(w);
+ return -1;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ *virtual private*
+
+ This is a bit hackish, but ideally we would have created a virtual function
+ in the public API (however, too late...) so that subclasses could reimplement
+ their own function.
+ Instead we add a virtual function to QWidgetPrivate.
+ ### Qt5: move to public class and make virtual
+*/
+bool QWidgetPrivate::hasHeightForWidth() const
+{
+ return layout ? layout->hasHeightForWidth() : size_policy.hasHeightForWidth();
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn QWidget *QWidget::childAt(int x, int y) const
+
+ Returns the visible child widget at the position (\a{x}, \a{y})
+ in the widget's coordinate system. If there is no visible child
+ widget at the specified position, the function returns 0.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ Returns the visible child widget at point \a p in the widget's own
+ coordinate system.
+*/
+
+QWidget *QWidget::childAt(const QPoint &p) const
+{
+ return d_func()->childAt_helper(p, false);
+}
+
+QWidget *QWidgetPrivate::childAt_helper(const QPoint &p, bool ignoreChildrenInDestructor) const
+{
+ if (children.isEmpty())
+ return 0;
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ // Unified tool bars on the Mac require special handling since they live outside
+ // QMainWindow's geometry(). See commit: 35667fd45ada49269a5987c235fdedfc43e92bb8
+ bool includeFrame = q->isWindow() && qobject_cast<const QMainWindow *>(q)
+ && static_cast<const QMainWindow *>(q)->unifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac();
+ if (includeFrame)
+ return childAtRecursiveHelper(p, ignoreChildrenInDestructor, includeFrame);
+#endif
+
+ if (!pointInsideRectAndMask(p))
+ return 0;
+ return childAtRecursiveHelper(p, ignoreChildrenInDestructor);
+}
+
+QWidget *QWidgetPrivate::childAtRecursiveHelper(const QPoint &p, bool ignoreChildrenInDestructor, bool includeFrame) const
+{
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ Q_UNUSED(includeFrame);
+#endif
+ for (int i = children.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
+ QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i));
+ if (!child || child->isWindow() || child->isHidden() || child->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TransparentForMouseEvents)
+ || (ignoreChildrenInDestructor && child->data->in_destructor)) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // Map the point 'p' from parent coordinates to child coordinates.
+ QPoint childPoint = p;
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ // 'includeFrame' is true if the child's parent is a top-level QMainWindow with an unified tool bar.
+ // An unified tool bar on the Mac lives outside QMainWindow's geometry(), so a normal
+ // QWidget::mapFromParent won't do the trick.
+ if (includeFrame && qobject_cast<QToolBar *>(child))
+ childPoint = qt_mac_nativeMapFromParent(child, p);
+ else
+#endif
+ childPoint -= child->data->crect.topLeft();
+
+ // Check if the point hits the child.
+ if (!child->d_func()->pointInsideRectAndMask(childPoint))
+ continue;
+
+ // Do the same for the child's descendants.
+ if (QWidget *w = child->d_func()->childAtRecursiveHelper(childPoint, ignoreChildrenInDestructor))
+ return w;
+
+ // We have found our target; namely the child at position 'p'.
+ return child;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::updateGeometry_helper(bool forceUpdate)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ if (widgetItem)
+ widgetItem->invalidateSizeCache();
+ QWidget *parent;
+ if (forceUpdate || !extra || extra->minw != extra->maxw || extra->minh != extra->maxh) {
+ if (!q->isWindow() && !q->isHidden() && (parent = q->parentWidget())) {
+ if (parent->d_func()->layout)
+ parent->d_func()->layout->invalidate();
+ else if (parent->isVisible())
+ QApplication::postEvent(parent, new QEvent(QEvent::LayoutRequest));
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ Notifies the layout system that this widget has changed and may
+ need to change geometry.
+
+ Call this function if the sizeHint() or sizePolicy() have changed.
+
+ For explicitly hidden widgets, updateGeometry() is a no-op. The
+ layout system will be notified as soon as the widget is shown.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::updateGeometry()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->updateGeometry_helper(false);
+}
+
+/*! \property QWidget::windowFlags
+
+ Window flags are a combination of a type (e.g. Qt::Dialog) and
+ zero or more hints to the window system (e.g.
+ Qt::FramelessWindowHint).
+
+ If the widget had type Qt::Widget or Qt::SubWindow and becomes a
+ window (Qt::Window, Qt::Dialog, etc.), it is put at position (0,
+ 0) on the desktop. If the widget is a window and becomes a
+ Qt::Widget or Qt::SubWindow, it is put at position (0, 0)
+ relative to its parent widget.
+
+ \note This function calls setParent() when changing the flags for
+ a window, causing the widget to be hidden. You must call show() to make
+ the widget visible again..
+
+ \sa windowType(), {Window Flags Example}
+*/
+void QWidget::setWindowFlags(Qt::WindowFlags flags)
+{
+ if (data->window_flags == flags)
+ return;
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ if ((data->window_flags | flags) & Qt::Window) {
+ // the old type was a window and/or the new type is a window
+ QPoint oldPos = pos();
+ bool visible = isVisible();
+ setParent(parentWidget(), flags);
+
+ // if both types are windows or neither of them are, we restore
+ // the old position
+ if (!((data->window_flags ^ flags) & Qt::Window)
+ && (visible || testAttribute(Qt::WA_Moved))) {
+ move(oldPos);
+ }
+ // for backward-compatibility we change Qt::WA_QuitOnClose attribute value only when the window was recreated.
+ d->adjustQuitOnCloseAttribute();
+ } else {
+ data->window_flags = flags;
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ Sets the window flags for the widget to \a flags,
+ \e without telling the window system.
+
+ \warning Do not call this function unless you really know what
+ you're doing.
+
+ \sa setWindowFlags()
+*/
+void QWidget::overrideWindowFlags(Qt::WindowFlags flags)
+{
+ data->window_flags = flags;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn Qt::WindowType QWidget::windowType() const
+
+ Returns the window type of this widget. This is identical to
+ windowFlags() & Qt::WindowType_Mask.
+
+ \sa windowFlags
+*/
+
+/*!
+ Sets the parent of the widget to \a parent, and resets the window
+ flags. The widget is moved to position (0, 0) in its new parent.
+
+ If the new parent widget is in a different window, the
+ reparented widget and its children are appended to the end of the
+ \l{setFocusPolicy()}{tab chain} of the new parent
+ widget, in the same internal order as before. If one of the moved
+ widgets had keyboard focus, setParent() calls clearFocus() for that
+ widget.
+
+ If the new parent widget is in the same window as the
+ old parent, setting the parent doesn't change the tab order or
+ keyboard focus.
+
+ If the "new" parent widget is the old parent widget, this function
+ does nothing.
+
+ \note The widget becomes invisible as part of changing its parent,
+ even if it was previously visible. You must call show() to make the
+ widget visible again.
+
+ \warning It is very unlikely that you will ever need this
+ function. If you have a widget that changes its content
+ dynamically, it is far easier to use \l QStackedWidget.
+
+ \sa setWindowFlags()
+*/
+void QWidget::setParent(QWidget *parent)
+{
+ if (parent == parentWidget())
+ return;
+ setParent((QWidget*)parent, windowFlags() & ~Qt::WindowType_Mask);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ This function also takes widget flags, \a f as an argument.
+*/
+
+void QWidget::setParent(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ bool resized = testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized);
+ bool wasCreated = testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created);
+ QWidget *oldtlw = window();
+
+ QWidget *desktopWidget = 0;
+ if (parent && parent->windowType() == Qt::Desktop)
+ desktopWidget = parent;
+ bool newParent = (parent != parentWidget()) || !wasCreated || desktopWidget;
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+ if (newParent && parent && !desktopWidget) {
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow) && !qApp->testAttribute(Qt::AA_DontCreateNativeWidgetSiblings)
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) && defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
+ // On Mac, toolbars inside the unified title bar will never overlap with
+ // siblings in the content view. So we skip enforce native siblings in that case
+ && !d->isInUnifiedToolbar && parentWidget() && parentWidget()->isWindow()
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC && QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ )
+ parent->d_func()->enforceNativeChildren();
+ else if (parent->d_func()->nativeChildrenForced() || parent->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen))
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (wasCreated) {
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden)) {
+ hide();
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide, false);
+ }
+ if (newParent) {
+ QEvent e(QEvent::ParentAboutToChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+ }
+ }
+ if (newParent && isAncestorOf(focusWidget()))
+ focusWidget()->clearFocus();
+
+ QTLWExtra *oldTopExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData();
+ QWidgetBackingStoreTracker *oldBsTracker = oldTopExtra ? &oldTopExtra->backingStore : 0;
+
+ d->setParent_sys(parent, f);
+
+ QTLWExtra *topExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData();
+ QWidgetBackingStoreTracker *bsTracker = topExtra ? &topExtra->backingStore : 0;
+ if (oldBsTracker && oldBsTracker != bsTracker)
+ oldBsTracker->unregisterWidgetSubtree(this);
+
+ if (desktopWidget)
+ parent = 0;
+
+#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+ QTLWExtra *extra = d->maybeTopData();
+ QWindowSurface *windowSurface = (extra ? extra->windowSurface : 0);
+ if (newParent && windowSurface) {
+ QWidgetBackingStore *oldBs = oldtlw->d_func()->maybeBackingStore();
+ if (oldBs)
+ oldBs->subSurfaces.removeAll(windowSurface);
+
+ if (parent) {
+ QWidgetBackingStore *newBs = parent->d_func()->maybeBackingStore();
+ if (newBs)
+ newBs->subSurfaces.append(windowSurface);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (QWidgetBackingStore *oldBs = oldtlw->d_func()->maybeBackingStore()) {
+ if (newParent)
+ oldBs->removeDirtyWidget(this);
+ // Move the widget and all its static children from
+ // the old backing store to the new one.
+ oldBs->moveStaticWidgets(this);
+ }
+
+ if ((QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version < 0x040200
+ || QApplicationPrivate::testAttribute(Qt::AA_ImmediateWidgetCreation))
+ && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ create();
+
+ d->reparentFocusWidgets(oldtlw);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, resized);
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)
+ && (!parent || !parent->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet))) {
+ d->resolveFont();
+ d->resolvePalette();
+ }
+ d->resolveLayoutDirection();
+ d->resolveLocale();
+
+ // Note: GL widgets under WGL or EGL will always need a ParentChange
+ // event to handle recreation/rebinding of the GL context, hence the
+ // (f & Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC) clause (which is set on QGLWidgets on all
+ // platforms).
+ if (newParent
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(QT_OPENGL_ES)
+ || (f & Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC)
+#endif
+ ) {
+ // propagate enabled updates enabled state to non-windows
+ if (!isWindow()) {
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled))
+ d->setEnabled_helper(parent ? parent->isEnabled() : true);
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceUpdatesDisabled))
+ d->setUpdatesEnabled_helper(parent ? parent->updatesEnabled() : true);
+ }
+ d->inheritStyle();
+
+ // send and post remaining QObject events
+ if (parent && d->sendChildEvents) {
+ QChildEvent e(QEvent::ChildAdded, this);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(parent, &e);
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+ if (parent->d_func()->pendingChildInsertedEvents.isEmpty()) {
+ QApplication::postEvent(parent,
+ new QEvent(QEvent::ChildInsertedRequest),
+ Qt::HighEventPriority);
+ }
+ parent->d_func()->pendingChildInsertedEvents.append(this);
+#endif
+ }
+
+//### already hidden above ---> must probably do something smart on the mac
+// #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+// extern bool qt_mac_is_macdrawer(const QWidget *); //qwidget_mac.cpp
+// if(!qt_mac_is_macdrawer(q)) //special case
+// q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden);
+// #else
+// q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden);
+//#endif
+
+ if (parent && d->sendChildEvents && d->polished) {
+ QChildEvent e(QEvent::ChildPolished, this);
+ QCoreApplication::sendEvent(parent, &e);
+ }
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::ParentChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+ }
+
+ if (!wasCreated) {
+ if (isWindow() || parentWidget()->isVisible())
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, true);
+ else if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide))
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, false);
+ }
+
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ // Embed the widget into a proxy if the parent is embedded.
+ // ### Doesn't handle reparenting out of an embedded widget.
+ if (oldtlw->graphicsProxyWidget()) {
+ if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *ancestorProxy = d->nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(oldtlw))
+ ancestorProxy->d_func()->unembedSubWindow(this);
+ }
+ if (isWindow() && parent && !graphicsProxyWidget() && !bypassGraphicsProxyWidget(this)) {
+ if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *ancestorProxy = d->nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(parent))
+ ancestorProxy->d_func()->embedSubWindow(this);
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ Scrolls the widget including its children \a dx pixels to the
+ right and \a dy downward. Both \a dx and \a dy may be negative.
+
+ After scrolling, the widgets will receive paint events for
+ the areas that need to be repainted. For widgets that Qt knows to
+ be opaque, this is only the newly exposed parts.
+ For example, if an opaque widget is scrolled 8 pixels to the left,
+ only an 8-pixel wide stripe at the right edge needs updating.
+
+ Since widgets propagate the contents of their parents by default,
+ you need to set the \l autoFillBackground property, or use
+ setAttribute() to set the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent attribute, to make
+ a widget opaque.
+
+ For widgets that use contents propagation, a scroll will cause an
+ update of the entire scroll area.
+
+ \sa {Transparency and Double Buffering}
+*/
+
+void QWidget::scroll(int dx, int dy)
+{
+ if ((!updatesEnabled() && children().size() == 0) || !isVisible())
+ return;
+ if (dx == 0 && dy == 0)
+ return;
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *proxy = QWidgetPrivate::nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(this)) {
+ // Graphics View maintains its own dirty region as a list of rects;
+ // until we can connect item updates directly to the view, we must
+ // separately add a translated dirty region.
+ if (!d->dirty.isEmpty()) {
+ foreach (const QRect &rect, (d->dirty.translated(dx, dy)).rects())
+ proxy->update(rect);
+ }
+ proxy->scroll(dx, dy, proxy->subWidgetRect(this));
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+ d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+ d->scroll_sys(dx, dy);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ This version only scrolls \a r and does not move the children of
+ the widget.
+
+ If \a r is empty or invalid, the result is undefined.
+
+ \sa QScrollArea
+*/
+void QWidget::scroll(int dx, int dy, const QRect &r)
+{
+
+ if ((!updatesEnabled() && children().size() == 0) || !isVisible())
+ return;
+ if (dx == 0 && dy == 0)
+ return;
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *proxy = QWidgetPrivate::nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(this)) {
+ // Graphics View maintains its own dirty region as a list of rects;
+ // until we can connect item updates directly to the view, we must
+ // separately add a translated dirty region.
+ if (!d->dirty.isEmpty()) {
+ foreach (const QRect &rect, (d->dirty.translated(dx, dy) & r).rects())
+ proxy->update(rect);
+ }
+ proxy->scroll(dx, dy, r.translated(proxy->subWidgetRect(this).topLeft().toPoint()));
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+ d->scroll_sys(dx, dy, r);
+}
+
+/*!
+ Repaints the widget directly by calling paintEvent() immediately,
+ unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden.
+
+ We suggest only using repaint() if you need an immediate repaint,
+ for example during animation. In almost all circumstances update()
+ is better, as it permits Qt to optimize for speed and minimize
+ flicker.
+
+ \warning If you call repaint() in a function which may itself be
+ called from paintEvent(), you may get infinite recursion. The
+ update() function never causes recursion.
+
+ \sa update(), paintEvent(), setUpdatesEnabled()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::repaint()
+{
+ repaint(rect());
+}
+
+/*! \overload
+
+ This version repaints a rectangle (\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h) inside
+ the widget.
+
+ If \a w is negative, it is replaced with \c{width() - x}, and if
+ \a h is negative, it is replaced width \c{height() - y}.
+*/
+void QWidget::repaint(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+ if (x > data->crect.width() || y > data->crect.height())
+ return;
+
+ if (w < 0)
+ w = data->crect.width() - x;
+ if (h < 0)
+ h = data->crect.height() - y;
+
+ repaint(QRect(x, y, w, h));
+}
+
+/*! \overload
+
+ This version repaints a rectangle \a rect inside the widget.
+*/
+void QWidget::repaint(const QRect &rect)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ConfigPending)) {
+ update(rect);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (!isVisible() || !updatesEnabled() || rect.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+ if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) {
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ if (qt_widget_private(this)->isInUnifiedToolbar) {
+ qt_widget_private(this)->unifiedSurface->renderToolbar(this, true);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ QTLWExtra *tlwExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData();
+ if (tlwExtra && !tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize && tlwExtra->backingStore) {
+ tlwExtra->inRepaint = true;
+ tlwExtra->backingStore->markDirty(rect, this, true);
+ tlwExtra->inRepaint = false;
+ }
+ } else {
+ d->repaint_sys(rect);
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ This version repaints a region \a rgn inside the widget.
+*/
+void QWidget::repaint(const QRegion &rgn)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ConfigPending)) {
+ update(rgn);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (!isVisible() || !updatesEnabled() || rgn.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+ if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) {
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ if (qt_widget_private(this)->isInUnifiedToolbar) {
+ qt_widget_private(this)->unifiedSurface->renderToolbar(this, true);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ QTLWExtra *tlwExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData();
+ if (tlwExtra && !tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize && tlwExtra->backingStore) {
+ tlwExtra->inRepaint = true;
+ tlwExtra->backingStore->markDirty(rgn, this, true);
+ tlwExtra->inRepaint = false;
+ }
+ } else {
+ d->repaint_sys(rgn);
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ Updates the widget unless updates are disabled or the widget is
+ hidden.
+
+ This function does not cause an immediate repaint; instead it
+ schedules a paint event for processing when Qt returns to the main
+ event loop. This permits Qt to optimize for more speed and less
+ flicker than a call to repaint() does.
+
+ Calling update() several times normally results in just one
+ paintEvent() call.
+
+ Qt normally erases the widget's area before the paintEvent() call.
+ If the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent widget attribute is set, the widget is
+ responsible for painting all its pixels with an opaque color.
+
+ \sa repaint() paintEvent(), setUpdatesEnabled(), {Analog Clock Example}
+*/
+void QWidget::update()
+{
+ update(rect());
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QWidget::update(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+ \overload
+
+ This version updates a rectangle (\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h) inside
+ the widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ This version updates a rectangle \a rect inside the widget.
+*/
+void QWidget::update(const QRect &rect)
+{
+ if (!isVisible() || !updatesEnabled() || rect.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent)) {
+ QApplication::postEvent(this, new QUpdateLaterEvent(rect));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) {
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ if (qt_widget_private(this)->isInUnifiedToolbar) {
+ qt_widget_private(this)->unifiedSurface->renderToolbar(this, true);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ QTLWExtra *tlwExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData();
+ if (tlwExtra && !tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize && tlwExtra->backingStore)
+ tlwExtra->backingStore->markDirty(rect, this);
+ } else {
+ d_func()->repaint_sys(rect);
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ This version repaints a region \a rgn inside the widget.
+*/
+void QWidget::update(const QRegion &rgn)
+{
+ if (!isVisible() || !updatesEnabled() || rgn.isEmpty())
+ return;
+
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent)) {
+ QApplication::postEvent(this, new QUpdateLaterEvent(rgn));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) {
+#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ if (qt_widget_private(this)->isInUnifiedToolbar) {
+ qt_widget_private(this)->unifiedSurface->renderToolbar(this, true);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ QTLWExtra *tlwExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData();
+ if (tlwExtra && !tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize && tlwExtra->backingStore)
+ tlwExtra->backingStore->markDirty(rgn, this);
+ } else {
+ d_func()->repaint_sys(rgn);
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+ Clear the rectangle at point (\a x, \a y) of width \a w and height
+ \a h.
+
+ \warning This is best done in a paintEvent().
+*/
+void QWidget::erase_helper(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground) || testAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled) || !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible))
+ return;
+ if (w < 0)
+ w = data->crect.width() - x;
+ if (h < 0)
+ h = data->crect.height() - y;
+ if (w != 0 && h != 0) {
+ QPainter p(this);
+ p.eraseRect(QRect(x, y, w, h));
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ \overload
+
+ Clear the given region, \a rgn.
+
+ Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload
+ paintEvent() to do your erasing and call update() to schedule a
+ replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter.
+*/
+void QWidget::erase(const QRegion& rgn)
+{
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground) || testAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled) || !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible))
+ return;
+
+ QPainter p(this);
+ p.setClipRegion(rgn);
+ p.eraseRect(rgn.boundingRect());
+}
+
+void QWidget::drawText_helper(int x, int y, const QString &str)
+{
+ if(!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible))
+ return;
+ QPainter paint(this);
+ paint.drawText(x, y, str);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Closes the widget.
+
+ Use the no-argument overload instead.
+*/
+bool QWidget::close(bool alsoDelete)
+{
+ QPointer<QWidget> that = this;
+ bool accepted = close();
+ if (alsoDelete && accepted && that)
+ deleteLater();
+ return accepted;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setIcon(const QPixmap &i)
+{
+ setWindowIcon(i);
+}
+
+/*!
+ Return's the widget's icon.
+
+ Use windowIcon() instead.
+*/
+const QPixmap *QWidget::icon() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) ? d->extra->topextra->iconPixmap : 0;
+}
+
+#endif // QT3_SUPPORT
+
+ /*!
+ \internal
+
+ This just sets the corresponding attribute bit to 1 or 0
+ */
+static void setAttribute_internal(Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute, bool on, QWidgetData *data,
+ QWidgetPrivate *d)
+{
+ if (attribute < int(8*sizeof(uint))) {
+ if (on)
+ data->widget_attributes |= (1<<attribute);
+ else
+ data->widget_attributes &= ~(1<<attribute);
+ } else {
+ const int x = attribute - 8*sizeof(uint);
+ const int int_off = x / (8*sizeof(uint));
+ if (on)
+ d->high_attributes[int_off] |= (1<<(x-(int_off*8*sizeof(uint))));
+ else
+ d->high_attributes[int_off] &= ~(1<<(x-(int_off*8*sizeof(uint))));
+ }
+}
+
+/*!
+ Sets the attribute \a attribute on this widget if \a on is true;
+ otherwise clears the attribute.
+
+ \sa testAttribute()
+*/
+void QWidget::setAttribute(Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute, bool on)
+{
+ if (testAttribute(attribute) == on)
+ return;
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ Q_ASSERT_X(sizeof(d->high_attributes)*8 >= (Qt::WA_AttributeCount - sizeof(uint)*8),
+ "QWidget::setAttribute(WidgetAttribute, bool)",
+ "QWidgetPrivate::high_attributes[] too small to contain all attributes in WidgetAttribute");
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+ // ### Don't use PaintOnScreen+paintEngine() to do native painting in 5.0
+ if (attribute == Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen && on && !inherits("QGLWidget")) {
+ // see qwidget_win.cpp, ::paintEngine for details
+ paintEngine();
+ if (d->noPaintOnScreen)
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ setAttribute_internal(attribute, on, data, d);
+
+ switch (attribute) {
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+ case Qt::WA_AcceptDrops: {
+ if (on && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered))
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, true);
+ else if (!on && (isWindow() || !parentWidget() || !parentWidget()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered)))
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, false);
+ QEvent e(QEvent::AcceptDropsChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+ break;
+ }
+ case Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered: {
+ d->registerDropSite(on);
+ for (int i = 0; i < d->children.size(); ++i) {
+ QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(d->children.at(i));
+ if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptDrops) && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered) != on)
+ w->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, on);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ case Qt::WA_NoChildEventsForParent:
+ d->sendChildEvents = !on;
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_NoChildEventsFromChildren:
+ d->receiveChildEvents = !on;
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_MacBrushedMetal:
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ d->setStyle_helper(style(), false, true); // Make sure things get unpolished/polished correctly.
+ // fall through since changing the metal attribute affects the opaque size grip.
+ case Qt::WA_MacOpaqueSizeGrip:
+ d->macUpdateOpaqueSizeGrip();
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_MacShowFocusRect:
+ if (hasFocus()) {
+ clearFocus();
+ setFocus();
+ }
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_Hover:
+ qt_mac_update_mouseTracking(this);
+ break;
+#endif
+ case Qt::WA_MacAlwaysShowToolWindow:
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ d->macUpdateHideOnSuspend();
+#endif
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_MacNormalSize:
+ case Qt::WA_MacSmallSize:
+ case Qt::WA_MacMiniSize:
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ {
+ // We can only have one of these set at a time
+ const Qt::WidgetAttribute MacSizes[] = { Qt::WA_MacNormalSize, Qt::WA_MacSmallSize,
+ Qt::WA_MacMiniSize };
+ for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
+ if (MacSizes[i] != attribute)
+ setAttribute_internal(MacSizes[i], false, data, d);
+ }
+ d->macUpdateSizeAttribute();
+ }
+#endif
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_ShowModal:
+ if (!on) {
+ if (isVisible())
+ QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal(this);
+ // reset modality type to Modeless when clearing WA_ShowModal
+ data->window_modality = Qt::NonModal;
+ } else if (data->window_modality == Qt::NonModal) {
+ // determine the modality type if it hasn't been set prior
+ // to setting WA_ShowModal. set the default to WindowModal
+ // if we are the child of a group leader; otherwise use
+ // ApplicationModal.
+ QWidget *w = parentWidget();
+ if (w)
+ w = w->window();
+ while (w && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader)) {
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ if (w)
+ w = w->window();
+ }
+ data->window_modality = (w && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader))
+ ? Qt::WindowModal
+ : Qt::ApplicationModal;
+ // Some window managers does not allow us to enter modal after the
+ // window is showing. Therefore, to be consistent, we cannot call
+ // QApplicationPrivate::enterModal(this) here. The window must be
+ // hidden before changing modality.
+ }
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) {
+ // don't call setModal_sys() before create_sys()
+ d->setModal_sys();
+ }
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_MouseTracking: {
+ QEvent e(QEvent::MouseTrackingChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+ break; }
+ case Qt::WA_NativeWindow: {
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ QWidget *focusWidget = d->effectiveFocusWidget();
+ QInputContext *ic = 0;
+ if (on && !internalWinId() && hasFocus()
+ && focusWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) {
+ ic = focusWidget->d_func()->inputContext();
+ if (ic) {
+ ic->reset();
+ ic->setFocusWidget(0);
+ }
+ }
+ if (!qApp->testAttribute(Qt::AA_DontCreateNativeWidgetSiblings) && parentWidget()
+#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) && defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
+ // On Mac, toolbars inside the unified title bar will never overlap with
+ // siblings in the content view. So we skip enforce native siblings in that case
+ && !d->isInUnifiedToolbar && parentWidget()->isWindow()
+#endif // Q_WS_MAC && QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ )
+ parentWidget()->d_func()->enforceNativeChildren();
+ if (on && !internalWinId() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ d->createWinId();
+ if (ic && isEnabled() && focusWidget->isEnabled()
+ && focusWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) {
+ ic->setFocusWidget(focusWidget);
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_IM
+ break;
+ }
+ case Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen:
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+ // Recreate the widget if it's already created as an alien widget and
+ // WA_PaintOnScreen is enabled. Paint on screen widgets must have win id.
+ // So must their children.
+ if (on) {
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
+ d->enforceNativeChildren();
+ }
+#endif
+ // fall through
+ case Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent:
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground:
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+ // fall through...
+ case Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled:
+ d->updateSystemBackground();
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_TransparentForMouseEvents:
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ d->macUpdateIgnoreMouseEvents();
+#endif
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled: {
+#ifndef QT_NO_IM
+ QWidget *focusWidget = d->effectiveFocusWidget();
+ QInputContext *ic = focusWidget->d_func()->assignedInputContext();
+ if (!ic && (!on || hasFocus()))
+ ic = focusWidget->d_func()->inputContext();
+ if (ic) {
+ if (on && hasFocus() && ic->focusWidget() != focusWidget && isEnabled()
+ && focusWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) {
+ ic->setFocusWidget(focusWidget);
+ } else if (!on && ic->focusWidget() == focusWidget) {
+ ic->reset();
+ ic->setFocusWidget(0);
+ }
+ }
+#endif //QT_NO_IM
+ break;
+ }
+ case Qt::WA_WindowPropagation:
+ d->resolvePalette();
+ d->resolveFont();
+ d->resolveLocale();
+ break;
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+ case Qt::WA_NoX11EventCompression:
+ if (!d->extra)
+ d->createExtra();
+ d->extra->compress_events = on;
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_X11OpenGLOverlay:
+ d->updateIsOpaque();
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_X11DoNotAcceptFocus:
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ d->updateX11AcceptFocus();
+ break;
+#endif
+ case Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen: {
+ if (on && isVisible()) {
+ // Make sure we keep the current state and only hide the widget
+ // from the desktop. show_sys will only update platform specific
+ // attributes at this point.
+ d->hide_sys();
+#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
+ // Release the region for this window from qws if the widget has
+ // been shown before the attribute was set.
+ if (QWSWindowSurface *surface = static_cast<QWSWindowSurface *>(windowSurface())) {
+ QWidget::qwsDisplay()->requestRegion(surface->winId(), surface->key(),
+ surface->permanentState(), QRegion());
+ }
+#endif
+ d->show_sys();
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_X11
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDesktop:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDock:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeToolBar:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeMenu:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeUtility:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeSplash:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDialog:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDropDownMenu:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypePopupMenu:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeToolTip:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeNotification:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeCombo:
+ case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDND:
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ d->setNetWmWindowTypes();
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case Qt::WA_StaticContents:
+ if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore()) {
+ if (on)
+ bs->addStaticWidget(this);
+ else
+ bs->removeStaticWidget(this);
+ }
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_TranslucentBackground:
+ if (on) {
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground);
+ d->updateIsTranslucent();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_AcceptTouchEvents:
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
+ if (on)
+ d->registerTouchWindow();
+#endif
+ break;
+ case Qt::WA_LockPortraitOrientation:
+ case Qt::WA_LockLandscapeOrientation:
+ case Qt::WA_AutoOrientation: {
+ const Qt::WidgetAttribute orientations[3] = {
+ Qt::WA_LockPortraitOrientation,
+ Qt::WA_LockLandscapeOrientation,
+ Qt::WA_AutoOrientation
+ };
+
+ if (on) {
+ // We can only have one of these set at a time
+ for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
+ if (orientations[i] != attribute)
+ setAttribute_internal(orientations[i], false, data, d);
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_S60
+ CAknAppUiBase* appUi = static_cast<CAknAppUiBase*>(CEikonEnv::Static()->EikAppUi());
+ const CAknAppUiBase::TAppUiOrientation s60orientations[] = {
+ CAknAppUiBase::EAppUiOrientationPortrait,
+ CAknAppUiBase::EAppUiOrientationLandscape,
+ CAknAppUiBase::EAppUiOrientationAutomatic
+ };
+ CAknAppUiBase::TAppUiOrientation s60orientation = CAknAppUiBase::EAppUiOrientationUnspecified;
+ for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
+ if (testAttribute(orientations[i])) {
+ s60orientation = s60orientations[i];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ QT_TRAP_THROWING(appUi->SetOrientationL(s60orientation));
+ S60->orientationSet = true;
+ QSymbianControl *window = static_cast<QSymbianControl *>(internalWinId());
+ if (window)
+ window->ensureFixNativeOrientation();
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/*! \fn bool QWidget::testAttribute(Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute) const
+
+ Returns true if attribute \a attribute is set on this widget;
+ otherwise returns false.
+
+ \sa setAttribute()
+ */
+bool QWidget::testAttribute_helper(Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute) const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ const int x = attribute - 8*sizeof(uint);
+ const int int_off = x / (8*sizeof(uint));
+ return (d->high_attributes[int_off] & (1<<(x-(int_off*8*sizeof(uint)))));
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::windowOpacity
+
+ \brief The level of opacity for the window.
+
+ The valid range of opacity is from 1.0 (completely opaque) to
+ 0.0 (completely transparent).
+
+ By default the value of this property is 1.0.
+
+ This feature is available on Embedded Linux, Mac OS X, Windows,
+ and X11 platforms that support the Composite extension.
+
+ This feature is not available on Windows CE.
+
+ Note that under X11 you need to have a composite manager running,
+ and the X11 specific _NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY atom needs to be
+ supported by the window manager you are using.
+
+ \warning Changing this property from opaque to transparent might issue a
+ paint event that needs to be processed before the window is displayed
+ correctly. This affects mainly the use of QPixmap::grabWindow(). Also note
+ that semi-transparent windows update and resize significantly slower than
+ opaque windows.
+
+ \sa setMask()
+*/
+qreal QWidget::windowOpacity() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return (isWindow() && d->maybeTopData()) ? d->maybeTopData()->opacity / 255. : 1.0;
+}
+
+void QWidget::setWindowOpacity(qreal opacity)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!isWindow())
+ return;
+
+ opacity = qBound(qreal(0.0), opacity, qreal(1.0));
+ QTLWExtra *extra = d->topData();
+ extra->opacity = uint(opacity * 255);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_WindowOpacitySet);
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_QWS
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ return;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+ if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *proxy = graphicsProxyWidget()) {
+ // Avoid invalidating the cache if set.
+ if (proxy->cacheMode() == QGraphicsItem::NoCache)
+ proxy->update();
+ else if (QGraphicsScene *scene = proxy->scene())
+ scene->update(proxy->sceneBoundingRect());
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ d->setWindowOpacity_sys(opacity);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::windowModified
+ \brief whether the document shown in the window has unsaved changes
+
+ A modified window is a window whose content has changed but has
+ not been saved to disk. This flag will have different effects
+ varied by the platform. On Mac OS X the close button will have a
+ modified look; on other platforms, the window title will have an
+ '*' (asterisk).
+
+ The window title must contain a "[*]" placeholder, which
+ indicates where the '*' should appear. Normally, it should appear
+ right after the file name (e.g., "document1.txt[*] - Text
+ Editor"). If the window isn't modified, the placeholder is simply
+ removed.
+
+ Note that if a widget is set as modified, all its ancestors will
+ also be set as modified. However, if you call \c
+ {setWindowModified(false)} on a widget, this will not propagate to
+ its parent because other children of the parent might have been
+ modified.
+
+ \sa windowTitle, {Application Example}, {SDI Example}, {MDI Example}
+*/
+bool QWidget::isWindowModified() const
+{
+ return testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowModified);
+}
+
+void QWidget::setWindowModified(bool mod)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowModified, mod);
+
+#ifndef Q_WS_MAC
+ if (!windowTitle().contains(QLatin1String("[*]")) && mod)
+ qWarning("QWidget::setWindowModified: The window title does not contain a '[*]' placeholder");
+#endif
+ d->setWindowTitle_helper(windowTitle());
+ d->setWindowIconText_helper(windowIconText());
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+ d->setWindowModified_sys(mod);
+#endif
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::ModifiedChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TOOLTIP
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::toolTip
+
+ \brief the widget's tooltip
+
+ Note that by default tooltips are only shown for widgets that are
+ children of the active window. You can change this behavior by
+ setting the attribute Qt::WA_AlwaysShowToolTips on the \e window,
+ not on the widget with the tooltip.
+
+ If you want to control a tooltip's behavior, you can intercept the
+ event() function and catch the QEvent::ToolTip event (e.g., if you
+ want to customize the area for which the tooltip should be shown).
+
+ By default, this property contains an empty string.
+
+ \sa QToolTip statusTip whatsThis
+*/
+void QWidget::setToolTip(const QString &s)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->toolTip = s;
+
+ QEvent event(QEvent::ToolTipChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &event);
+}
+
+QString QWidget::toolTip() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->toolTip;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_TOOLTIP
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSTIP
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::statusTip
+ \brief the widget's status tip
+
+ By default, this property contains an empty string.
+
+ \sa toolTip whatsThis
+*/
+void QWidget::setStatusTip(const QString &s)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->statusTip = s;
+}
+
+QString QWidget::statusTip() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->statusTip;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_STATUSTIP
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::whatsThis
+
+ \brief the widget's What's This help text.
+
+ By default, this property contains an empty string.
+
+ \sa QWhatsThis QWidget::toolTip QWidget::statusTip
+*/
+void QWidget::setWhatsThis(const QString &s)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->whatsThis = s;
+}
+
+QString QWidget::whatsThis() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->whatsThis;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_WHATSTHIS
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::accessibleName
+
+ \brief the widget's name as seen by assistive technologies
+
+ This property is used by accessible clients to identify, find, or announce
+ the widget for accessible clients.
+
+ By default, this property contains an empty string.
+
+ \sa QAccessibleInterface::text()
+*/
+void QWidget::setAccessibleName(const QString &name)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->accessibleName = name;
+}
+
+QString QWidget::accessibleName() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->accessibleName;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \property QWidget::accessibleDescription
+
+ \brief the widget's description as seen by assistive technologies
+
+ By default, this property contains an empty string.
+
+ \sa QAccessibleInterface::text()
+*/
+void QWidget::setAccessibleDescription(const QString &description)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->accessibleDescription = description;
+}
+
+QString QWidget::accessibleDescription() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ return d->accessibleDescription;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SHORTCUT
+/*!
+ Adds a shortcut to Qt's shortcut system that watches for the given
+ \a key sequence in the given \a context. If the \a context is
+ Qt::ApplicationShortcut, the shortcut applies to the application as a
+ whole. Otherwise, it is either local to this widget, Qt::WidgetShortcut,
+ or to the window itself, Qt::WindowShortcut.
+
+ If the same \a key sequence has been grabbed by several widgets,
+ when the \a key sequence occurs a QEvent::Shortcut event is sent
+ to all the widgets to which it applies in a non-deterministic
+ order, but with the ``ambiguous'' flag set to true.
+
+ \warning You should not normally need to use this function;
+ instead create \l{QAction}s with the shortcut key sequences you
+ require (if you also want equivalent menu options and toolbar
+ buttons), or create \l{QShortcut}s if you just need key sequences.
+ Both QAction and QShortcut handle all the event filtering for you,
+ and provide signals which are triggered when the user triggers the
+ key sequence, so are much easier to use than this low-level
+ function.
+
+ \sa releaseShortcut() setShortcutEnabled()
+*/
+int QWidget::grabShortcut(const QKeySequence &key, Qt::ShortcutContext context)
+{
+ Q_ASSERT(qApp);
+ if (key.isEmpty())
+ return 0;
+ setAttribute(Qt::WA_GrabbedShortcut);
+ return qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.addShortcut(this, key, context);
+}
+
+/*!
+ Removes the shortcut with the given \a id from Qt's shortcut
+ system. The widget will no longer receive QEvent::Shortcut events
+ for the shortcut's key sequence (unless it has other shortcuts
+ with the same key sequence).
+
+ \warning You should not normally need to use this function since
+ Qt's shortcut system removes shortcuts automatically when their
+ parent widget is destroyed. It is best to use QAction or
+ QShortcut to handle shortcuts, since they are easier to use than
+ this low-level function. Note also that this is an expensive
+ operation.
+
+ \sa grabShortcut() setShortcutEnabled()
+*/
+void QWidget::releaseShortcut(int id)
+{
+ Q_ASSERT(qApp);
+ if (id)
+ qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.removeShortcut(id, this, 0);
+}
+
+/*!
+ If \a enable is true, the shortcut with the given \a id is
+ enabled; otherwise the shortcut is disabled.
+
+ \warning You should not normally need to use this function since
+ Qt's shortcut system enables/disables shortcuts automatically as
+ widgets become hidden/visible and gain or lose focus. It is best
+ to use QAction or QShortcut to handle shortcuts, since they are
+ easier to use than this low-level function.
+
+ \sa grabShortcut() releaseShortcut()
+*/
+void QWidget::setShortcutEnabled(int id, bool enable)
+{
+ Q_ASSERT(qApp);
+ if (id)
+ qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.setShortcutEnabled(enable, id, this, 0);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \since 4.2
+
+ If \a enable is true, auto repeat of the shortcut with the
+ given \a id is enabled; otherwise it is disabled.
+
+ \sa grabShortcut() releaseShortcut()
+*/
+void QWidget::setShortcutAutoRepeat(int id, bool enable)
+{
+ Q_ASSERT(qApp);
+ if (id)
+ qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.setShortcutAutoRepeat(enable, id, this, 0);
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_SHORTCUT
+/*!
+ Updates the widget's micro focus.
+
+ \sa QInputContext
+*/
+void QWidget::updateMicroFocus()
+{
+#if !defined(QT_NO_IM) && (defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN))
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ // and optimization to update input context only it has already been created.
+ if (d->assignedInputContext() || qApp->d_func()->inputContext) {
+ QInputContext *ic = inputContext();
+ if (ic)
+ ic->update();
+ }
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
+ // ##### is this correct
+ QAccessible::updateAccessibility(this, 0, QAccessible::StateChanged);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+#if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
+/*!
+ Returns the window system handle of the widget, for low-level
+ access. Using this function is not portable.
+
+ An HDC acquired with getDC() has to be released with releaseDC().
+
+ \warning Using this function is not portable.
+*/
+HDC QWidget::getDC() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (d->hd)
+ return (HDC) d->hd;
+ return GetDC(winId());
+}
+
+/*!
+ Releases the HDC \a hdc acquired by a previous call to getDC().
+
+ \warning Using this function is not portable.
+*/
+void QWidget::releaseDC(HDC hdc) const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ // If its the widgets own dc, it will be released elsewhere. If
+ // its a different HDC we release it and issue a warning if it
+ // fails.
+ if (hdc != d->hd && !ReleaseDC(winId(), hdc))
+ qErrnoWarning("QWidget::releaseDC(): failed to release HDC");
+}
+#else
+/*!
+ Returns the window system handle of the widget, for low-level
+ access. Using this function is not portable.
+
+ The HANDLE type varies with platform; see \c qwindowdefs.h for
+ details.
+*/
+Qt::HANDLE QWidget::handle() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (!internalWinId() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ (void)winId(); // enforce native window
+ return d->hd;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+ Raises this widget to the top of the parent widget's stack.
+
+ After this call the widget will be visually in front of any
+ overlapping sibling widgets.
+
+ \note When using activateWindow(), you can call this function to
+ ensure that the window is stacked on top.
+
+ \sa lower(), stackUnder()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::raise()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!isWindow()) {
+ QWidget *p = parentWidget();
+ const int parentChildCount = p->d_func()->children.size();
+ if (parentChildCount < 2)
+ return;
+ const int from = p->d_func()->children.indexOf(this);
+ Q_ASSERT(from >= 0);
+ // Do nothing if the widget is already in correct stacking order _and_ created.
+ if (from != parentChildCount -1)
+ p->d_func()->children.move(from, parentChildCount - 1);
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ create();
+ else if (from == parentChildCount - 1)
+ return;
+
+ QRegion region(rect());
+ d->subtractOpaqueSiblings(region);
+ d->invalidateBuffer(region);
+ }
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ d->raise_sys();
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::ZOrderChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+/*!
+ Lowers the widget to the bottom of the parent widget's stack.
+
+ After this call the widget will be visually behind (and therefore
+ obscured by) any overlapping sibling widgets.
+
+ \sa raise(), stackUnder()
+*/
+
+void QWidget::lower()
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (!isWindow()) {
+ QWidget *p = parentWidget();
+ const int parentChildCount = p->d_func()->children.size();
+ if (parentChildCount < 2)
+ return;
+ const int from = p->d_func()->children.indexOf(this);
+ Q_ASSERT(from >= 0);
+ // Do nothing if the widget is already in correct stacking order _and_ created.
+ if (from != 0)
+ p->d_func()->children.move(from, 0);
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ create();
+ else if (from == 0)
+ return;
+ }
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ d->lower_sys();
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::ZOrderChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ Places the widget under \a w in the parent widget's stack.
+
+ To make this work, the widget itself and \a w must be siblings.
+
+ \sa raise(), lower()
+*/
+void QWidget::stackUnder(QWidget* w)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ QWidget *p = parentWidget();
+ if (!w || isWindow() || p != w->parentWidget() || this == w)
+ return;
+ if (p) {
+ int from = p->d_func()->children.indexOf(this);
+ int to = p->d_func()->children.indexOf(w);
+ Q_ASSERT(from >= 0);
+ Q_ASSERT(to >= 0);
+ if (from < to)
+ --to;
+ // Do nothing if the widget is already in correct stacking order _and_ created.
+ if (from != to)
+ p->d_func()->children.move(from, to);
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ create();
+ else if (from == to)
+ return;
+ }
+ if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ d->stackUnder_sys(w);
+
+ QEvent e(QEvent::ZOrderChange);
+ QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e);
+}
+
+void QWidget::styleChange(QStyle&) { }
+void QWidget::enabledChange(bool) { } // compat
+void QWidget::paletteChange(const QPalette &) { } // compat
+void QWidget::fontChange(const QFont &) { } // compat
+void QWidget::windowActivationChange(bool) { } // compat
+void QWidget::languageChange() { } // compat
+
+
+/*!
+ \enum QWidget::BackgroundOrigin
+
+ \compat
+
+ \value WidgetOrigin
+ \value ParentOrigin
+ \value WindowOrigin
+ \value AncestorOrigin
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isVisibleToTLW() const
+
+ Use isVisible() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::iconify()
+
+ Use showMinimized() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::constPolish() const
+
+ Use ensurePolished() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::reparent(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f, const QPoint &p, bool showIt)
+
+ Use setParent() to change the parent or the widget's widget flags;
+ use move() to move the widget, and use show() to show the widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::reparent(QWidget *parent, const QPoint &p, bool showIt)
+
+ Use setParent() to change the parent; use move() to move the
+ widget, and use show() to show the widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::recreate(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f, const QPoint & p, bool showIt)
+
+ Use setParent() to change the parent or the widget's widget flags;
+ use move() to move the widget, and use show() to show the widget.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::hasMouse() const
+
+ Use testAttribute(Qt::WA_UnderMouse) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::ownCursor() const
+
+ Use testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::ownFont() const
+
+ Use testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetFont) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::unsetFont()
+
+ Use setFont(QFont()) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::ownPalette() const
+
+ Use testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetPalette) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::unsetPalette()
+
+ Use setPalette(QPalette()) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setEraseColor(const QColor &color)
+
+ Use the palette instead.
+
+ \oldcode
+ widget->setEraseColor(color);
+ \newcode
+ QPalette palette;
+ palette.setColor(widget->backgroundRole(), color);
+ widget->setPalette(palette);
+ \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setErasePixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap)
+
+ Use the palette instead.
+
+ \oldcode
+ widget->setErasePixmap(pixmap);
+ \newcode
+ QPalette palette;
+ palette.setBrush(widget->backgroundRole(), QBrush(pixmap));
+ widget->setPalette(palette);
+ \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setPaletteForegroundColor(const QColor &color)
+
+ Use the palette directly.
+
+ \oldcode
+ widget->setPaletteForegroundColor(color);
+ \newcode
+ QPalette palette;
+ palette.setColor(widget->foregroundRole(), color);
+ widget->setPalette(palette);
+ \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor(const QColor &color)
+
+ Use the palette directly.
+
+ \oldcode
+ widget->setPaletteBackgroundColor(color);
+ \newcode
+ QPalette palette;
+ palette.setColor(widget->backgroundRole(), color);
+ widget->setPalette(palette);
+ \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap)
+
+ Use the palette directly.
+
+ \oldcode
+ widget->setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(pixmap);
+ \newcode
+ QPalette palette;
+ palette.setBrush(widget->backgroundRole(), QBrush(pixmap));
+ widget->setPalette(palette);
+ \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap)
+
+ Use the palette instead.
+
+ \oldcode
+ widget->setBackgroundPixmap(pixmap);
+ \newcode
+ QPalette palette;
+ palette.setBrush(widget->backgroundRole(), QBrush(pixmap));
+ widget->setPalette(palette);
+ \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setBackgroundColor(const QColor &color)
+
+ Use the palette instead.
+
+ \oldcode
+ widget->setBackgroundColor(color);
+ \newcode
+ QPalette palette;
+ palette.setColor(widget->backgroundRole(), color);
+ widget->setPalette(palette);
+ \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QColorGroup QWidget::colorGroup() const
+
+ Use QColorGroup(palette()) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QWidget *QWidget::parentWidget(bool sameWindow) const
+
+ Use the no-argument overload instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setKeyCompression(bool b)
+
+ Use setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyCompression, b) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setFont(const QFont &f, bool b)
+
+ Use the single-argument overload instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setPalette(const QPalette &p, bool b)
+
+ Use the single-argument overload instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setBackgroundOrigin(BackgroundOrigin background)
+
+ \obsolete
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn BackgroundOrigin QWidget::backgroundOrigin() const
+
+ \obsolete
+
+ Always returns \c WindowOrigin.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QPoint QWidget::backgroundOffset() const
+
+ \obsolete
+
+ Always returns QPoint().
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::repaint(bool b)
+
+ The boolean parameter \a b is ignored. Use the no-argument overload instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::repaint(int x, int y, int w, int h, bool b)
+
+ The boolean parameter \a b is ignored. Use the four-argument overload instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::repaint(const QRect &r, bool b)
+
+ The boolean parameter \a b is ignored. Use the single rect-argument overload instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::repaint(const QRegion &rgn, bool b)
+
+ The boolean parameter \a b is ignored. Use the single region-argument overload instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::erase()
+
+ Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload
+ paintEvent() to do your erasing and call update() to schedule a
+ replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::erase(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+
+ Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload
+ paintEvent() to do your erasing and call update() to schedule a
+ replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::erase(const QRect &rect)
+
+ Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload
+ paintEvent() to do your erasing and call update() to schedule a
+ replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::drawText(const QPoint &p, const QString &s)
+
+ Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload
+ paintEvent() to do your drawing and call update() to schedule a
+ replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::drawText(int x, int y, const QString &s)
+
+ Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload
+ paintEvent() to do your drawing and call update() to schedule a
+ replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QWidget *QWidget::childAt(const QPoint &p, bool includeThis) const
+
+ Use the single point argument overload instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setCaption(const QString &c)
+
+ Use setWindowTitle() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setIcon(const QPixmap &i)
+
+ Use setWindowIcon() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setIconText(const QString &it)
+
+ Use setWindowIconText() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QString QWidget::caption() const
+
+ Use windowTitle() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QString QWidget::iconText() const
+
+ Use windowIconText() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isTopLevel() const
+ \obsolete
+
+ Use isWindow() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isRightToLeft() const
+ \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isLeftToRight() const
+ \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setInputMethodEnabled(bool enabled)
+
+ Use setAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled, \a enabled) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isInputMethodEnabled() const
+
+ Use testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setActiveWindow()
+
+ Use activateWindow() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isShown() const
+
+ Use !isHidden() instead (notice the exclamation mark), or use isVisible() to check whether the widget is visible.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isDialog() const
+
+ Use windowType() == Qt::Dialog instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isPopup() const
+
+ Use windowType() == Qt::Popup instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isDesktop() const
+
+ Use windowType() == Qt::Desktop instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::polish()
+
+ Use ensurePolished() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QWidget *QWidget::childAt(int x, int y, bool includeThis) const
+
+ Use the childAt() overload that doesn't have an \a includeThis parameter.
+
+ \oldcode
+ return widget->childAt(x, y, true);
+ \newcode
+ QWidget *child = widget->childAt(x, y, true);
+ if (child)
+ return child;
+ if (widget->rect().contains(x, y))
+ return widget;
+ \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Policy hor, QSizePolicy::Policy ver, bool hfw)
+ \compat
+
+ Use the \l sizePolicy property and heightForWidth() function instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn bool QWidget::isUpdatesEnabled() const
+ \compat
+
+ Use the \l updatesEnabled property instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \macro QWIDGETSIZE_MAX
+ \relates QWidget
+
+ Defines the maximum size for a QWidget object.
+
+ The largest allowed size for a widget is QSize(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX,
+ QWIDGETSIZE_MAX), i.e. QSize (16777215,16777215).
+
+ \sa QWidget::setMaximumSize()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QWidget::setupUi(QWidget *widget)
+
+ Sets up the user interface for the specified \a widget.
+
+ \note This function is available with widgets that derive from user
+ interface descriptions created using \l{uic}.
+
+ \sa {Using a Designer UI File in Your Application}
+*/
+
+QRect QWidgetPrivate::frameStrut() const
+{
+ Q_Q(const QWidget);
+ if (!q->isWindow() || (q->windowType() == Qt::Desktop) || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen)) {
+ // x2 = x1 + w - 1, so w/h = 1
+ return QRect(0, 0, 1, 1);
+ }
+
+ if (data.fstrut_dirty
+#ifndef Q_WS_WIN
+ // ### Fix properly for 4.3
+ && q->isVisible()
+#endif
+ && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ const_cast<QWidgetPrivate *>(this)->updateFrameStrut();
+
+ return maybeTopData() ? maybeTopData()->frameStrut : QRect();
+}
+
+#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Changes the focus from the current focusWidget to a widget in
+ the \a direction.
+
+ Returns true, if there was a widget in that direction
+*/
+bool QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(Direction direction)
+{
+ QWidget *targetWidget = widgetInNavigationDirection(direction);
+ if (targetWidget)
+ targetWidget->setFocus();
+ return (targetWidget != 0);
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Searches for a widget that is positioned in the \a direction, starting
+ from the current focusWidget.
+
+ Returns the pointer to a found widget or 0, if there was no widget in
+ that direction.
+*/
+QWidget *QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(Direction direction)
+{
+ const QWidget *sourceWidget = QApplication::focusWidget();
+ if (!sourceWidget)
+ return 0;
+ const QRect sourceRect = sourceWidget->rect().translated(sourceWidget->mapToGlobal(QPoint()));
+ const int sourceX =
+ (direction == DirectionNorth || direction == DirectionSouth) ?
+ (sourceRect.left() + (sourceRect.right() - sourceRect.left()) / 2)
+ :(direction == DirectionEast ? sourceRect.right() : sourceRect.left());
+ const int sourceY =
+ (direction == DirectionEast || direction == DirectionWest) ?
+ (sourceRect.top() + (sourceRect.bottom() - sourceRect.top()) / 2)
+ :(direction == DirectionSouth ? sourceRect.bottom() : sourceRect.top());
+ const QPoint sourcePoint(sourceX, sourceY);
+ const QPoint sourceCenter = sourceRect.center();
+ const QWidget *sourceWindow = sourceWidget->window();
+
+ QWidget *targetWidget = 0;
+ int shortestDistance = INT_MAX;
+ foreach(QWidget *targetCandidate, QApplication::allWidgets()) {
+
+ const QRect targetCandidateRect = targetCandidate->rect().translated(targetCandidate->mapToGlobal(QPoint()));
+
+ // For focus proxies, the child widget handling the focus can have keypad navigation focus,
+ // but the owner of the proxy cannot.
+ // Additionally, empty widgets should be ignored.
+ if (targetCandidate->focusProxy() || targetCandidateRect.isEmpty())
+ continue;
+
+ // Only navigate to a target widget that...
+ if ( targetCandidate != sourceWidget
+ // ...takes the focus,
+ && targetCandidate->focusPolicy() & Qt::TabFocus
+ // ...is above if DirectionNorth,
+ && !(direction == DirectionNorth && targetCandidateRect.bottom() > sourceRect.top())
+ // ...is on the right if DirectionEast,
+ && !(direction == DirectionEast && targetCandidateRect.left() < sourceRect.right())
+ // ...is below if DirectionSouth,
+ && !(direction == DirectionSouth && targetCandidateRect.top() < sourceRect.bottom())
+ // ...is on the left if DirectionWest,
+ && !(direction == DirectionWest && targetCandidateRect.right() > sourceRect.left())
+ // ...is enabled,
+ && targetCandidate->isEnabled()
+ // ...is visible,
+ && targetCandidate->isVisible()
+ // ...is in the same window,
+ && targetCandidate->window() == sourceWindow) {
+ const int targetCandidateDistance = pointToRect(sourcePoint, targetCandidateRect);
+ if (targetCandidateDistance < shortestDistance) {
+ shortestDistance = targetCandidateDistance;
+ targetWidget = targetCandidate;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return targetWidget;
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Tells us if it there is currently a reachable widget by keypad navigation in
+ a certain \a orientation.
+ If no navigation is possible, occurring key events in that \a orientation may
+ be used to interact with the value in the focused widget, even though it
+ currently has not the editFocus.
+
+ \sa QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(), QWidget::hasEditFocus()
+*/
+bool QWidgetPrivate::canKeypadNavigate(Qt::Orientation orientation)
+{
+ return orientation == Qt::Horizontal?
+ (QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionEast)
+ || QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionWest))
+ :(QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionNorth)
+ || QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionSouth));
+}
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Checks, if the \a widget is inside a QTabWidget. If is is inside
+ one, left/right key events will be used to switch between tabs in keypad
+ navigation. If there is no QTabWidget, the horizontal key events can be used
+to
+ interact with the value in the focused widget, even though it currently has
+ not the editFocus.
+
+ \sa QWidget::hasEditFocus()
+*/
+bool QWidgetPrivate::inTabWidget(QWidget *widget)
+{
+ for (QWidget *tabWidget = widget; tabWidget; tabWidget = tabWidget->parentWidget())
+ if (qobject_cast<const QTabWidget*>(tabWidget))
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+ \preliminary
+ \since 4.2
+ \obsolete
+
+ Sets the window surface to be the \a surface specified.
+ The QWidget takes will ownership of the \a surface.
+ widget itself is deleted.
+*/
+void QWidget::setWindowSurface(QWindowSurface *surface)
+{
+ // ### createWinId() ??
+
+#ifndef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+ if (!isTopLevel())
+ return;
+#endif
+
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ QTLWExtra *topData = d->topData();
+ if (topData->windowSurface == surface)
+ return;
+
+ QWindowSurface *oldSurface = topData->windowSurface;
+ delete topData->windowSurface;
+ topData->windowSurface = surface;
+
+ QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore();
+ if (!bs)
+ return;
+
+ if (isTopLevel()) {
+ if (bs->windowSurface != oldSurface && bs->windowSurface != surface)
+ delete bs->windowSurface;
+ bs->windowSurface = surface;
+ }
+#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+ else {
+ bs->subSurfaces.append(surface);
+ }
+ bs->subSurfaces.removeOne(oldSurface);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ \preliminary
+ \since 4.2
+
+ Returns the QWindowSurface this widget will be drawn into.
+*/
+QWindowSurface *QWidget::windowSurface() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ QTLWExtra *extra = d->maybeTopData();
+ if (extra && extra->windowSurface)
+ return extra->windowSurface;
+
+ QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore();
+
+#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+ if (bs && bs->subSurfaces.isEmpty())
+ return bs->windowSurface;
+
+ if (!isTopLevel()) {
+ const QWidget *w = parentWidget();
+ while (w) {
+ QTLWExtra *extra = w->d_func()->maybeTopData();
+ if (extra && extra->windowSurface)
+ return extra->windowSurface;
+ if (w->isTopLevel())
+ break;
+ w = w->parentWidget();
+ }
+ }
+#endif // Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES
+
+ return bs ? bs->windowSurface : 0;
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::getLayoutItemMargins(int *left, int *top, int *right, int *bottom) const
+{
+ if (left)
+ *left = (int)leftLayoutItemMargin;
+ if (top)
+ *top = (int)topLayoutItemMargin;
+ if (right)
+ *right = (int)rightLayoutItemMargin;
+ if (bottom)
+ *bottom = (int)bottomLayoutItemMargin;
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setLayoutItemMargins(int left, int top, int right, int bottom)
+{
+ if (leftLayoutItemMargin == left
+ && topLayoutItemMargin == top
+ && rightLayoutItemMargin == right
+ && bottomLayoutItemMargin == bottom)
+ return;
+
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ leftLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)left;
+ topLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)top;
+ rightLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)right;
+ bottomLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)bottom;
+ q->updateGeometry();
+}
+
+void QWidgetPrivate::setLayoutItemMargins(QStyle::SubElement element, const QStyleOption *opt)
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ QStyleOption myOpt;
+ if (!opt) {
+ myOpt.initFrom(q);
+ myOpt.rect.setRect(0, 0, 32768, 32768); // arbitrary
+ opt = &myOpt;
+ }
+
+ QRect liRect = q->style()->subElementRect(element, opt, q);
+ if (liRect.isValid()) {
+ leftLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)(opt->rect.left() - liRect.left());
+ topLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)(opt->rect.top() - liRect.top());
+ rightLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)(liRect.right() - opt->rect.right());
+ bottomLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)(liRect.bottom() - opt->rect.bottom());
+ } else {
+ leftLayoutItemMargin = 0;
+ topLayoutItemMargin = 0;
+ rightLayoutItemMargin = 0;
+ bottomLayoutItemMargin = 0;
+ }
+}
+// resets the Qt::WA_QuitOnClose attribute to the default value for transient widgets.
+void QWidgetPrivate::adjustQuitOnCloseAttribute()
+{
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+
+ if (!q->parentWidget()) {
+ Qt::WindowType type = q->windowType();
+ if (type == Qt::Widget || type == Qt::SubWindow)
+ type = Qt::Window;
+ if (type != Qt::Widget && type != Qt::Window && type != Qt::Dialog)
+ q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose, false);
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+Q_GUI_EXPORT QWidgetData *qt_qwidget_data(QWidget *widget)
+{
+ return widget->data;
+}
+
+Q_GUI_EXPORT QWidgetPrivate *qt_widget_private(QWidget *widget)
+{
+ return widget->d_func();
+}
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
+/*!
+ \since 4.5
+
+ Returns the proxy widget for the corresponding embedded widget in a graphics
+ view; otherwise returns 0.
+
+ \sa QGraphicsProxyWidget::createProxyForChildWidget(),
+ QGraphicsScene::addWidget()
+ */
+QGraphicsProxyWidget *QWidget::graphicsProxyWidget() const
+{
+ Q_D(const QWidget);
+ if (d->extra) {
+ return d->extra->proxyWidget;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+ \typedef QWidgetList
+ \relates QWidget
+
+ Synonym for QList<QWidget *>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
+/*!
+ Subscribes the widget to a given \a gesture with specific \a flags.
+
+ \sa ungrabGesture(), QGestureEvent
+ \since 4.6
+*/
+void QWidget::grabGesture(Qt::GestureType gesture, Qt::GestureFlags flags)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ d->gestureContext.insert(gesture, flags);
+ (void)QGestureManager::instance(); // create a gesture manager
+}
+
+/*!
+ Unsubscribes the widget from a given \a gesture type
+
+ \sa grabGesture(), QGestureEvent
+ \since 4.6
+*/
+void QWidget::ungrabGesture(Qt::GestureType gesture)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+ if (d->gestureContext.remove(gesture)) {
+ if (QGestureManager *manager = QGestureManager::instance())
+ manager->cleanupCachedGestures(this, gesture);
+ }
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_GESTURES
+
+/*!
+ \typedef WId
+ \relates QWidget
+
+ Platform dependent window identifier.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::destroy(bool destroyWindow, bool destroySubWindows)
+
+ Frees up window system resources. Destroys the widget window if \a
+ destroyWindow is true.
+
+ destroy() calls itself recursively for all the child widgets,
+ passing \a destroySubWindows for the \a destroyWindow parameter.
+ To have more control over destruction of subwidgets, destroy
+ subwidgets selectively first.
+
+ This function is usually called from the QWidget destructor.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QPaintEngine *QWidget::paintEngine() const
+
+ Returns the widget's paint engine.
+
+ Note that this function should not be called explicitly by the
+ user, since it's meant for reimplementation purposes only. The
+ function is called by Qt internally, and the default
+ implementation may not always return a valid pointer.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QPoint QWidget::mapToGlobal(const QPoint &pos) const
+
+ Translates the widget coordinate \a pos to global screen
+ coordinates. For example, \c{mapToGlobal(QPoint(0,0))} would give
+ the global coordinates of the top-left pixel of the widget.
+
+ \sa mapFromGlobal() mapTo() mapToParent()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QPoint QWidget::mapFromGlobal(const QPoint &pos) const
+
+ Translates the global screen coordinate \a pos to widget
+ coordinates.
+
+ \sa mapToGlobal() mapFrom() mapFromParent()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::grabMouse()
+
+ Grabs the mouse input.
+
+ This widget receives all mouse events until releaseMouse() is
+ called; other widgets get no mouse events at all. Keyboard
+ events are not affected. Use grabKeyboard() if you want to grab
+ that.
+
+ \warning Bugs in mouse-grabbing applications very often lock the
+ terminal. Use this function with extreme caution, and consider
+ using the \c -nograb command line option while debugging.
+
+ It is almost never necessary to grab the mouse when using Qt, as
+ Qt grabs and releases it sensibly. In particular, Qt grabs the
+ mouse when a mouse button is pressed and keeps it until the last
+ button is released.
+
+ \note Only visible widgets can grab mouse input. If isVisible()
+ returns false for a widget, that widget cannot call grabMouse().
+
+ \note \bold{(Mac OS X developers)} For \e Cocoa, calling
+ grabMouse() on a widget only works when the mouse is inside the
+ frame of that widget. For \e Carbon, it works outside the widget's
+ frame as well, like for Windows and X11.
+
+ \sa releaseMouse() grabKeyboard() releaseKeyboard()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::grabMouse(const QCursor &cursor)
+ \overload grabMouse()
+
+ Grabs the mouse input and changes the cursor shape.
+
+ The cursor will assume shape \a cursor (for as long as the mouse
+ focus is grabbed) and this widget will be the only one to receive
+ mouse events until releaseMouse() is called().
+
+ \warning Grabbing the mouse might lock the terminal.
+
+ \note \bold{(Mac OS X developers)} See the note in QWidget::grabMouse().
+
+ \sa releaseMouse(), grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard(), setCursor()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::releaseMouse()
+
+ Releases the mouse grab.
+
+ \sa grabMouse(), grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::grabKeyboard()
+
+ Grabs the keyboard input.
+
+ This widget receives all keyboard events until releaseKeyboard()
+ is called; other widgets get no keyboard events at all. Mouse
+ events are not affected. Use grabMouse() if you want to grab that.
+
+ The focus widget is not affected, except that it doesn't receive
+ any keyboard events. setFocus() moves the focus as usual, but the
+ new focus widget receives keyboard events only after
+ releaseKeyboard() is called.
+
+ If a different widget is currently grabbing keyboard input, that
+ widget's grab is released first.
+
+ \sa releaseKeyboard() grabMouse() releaseMouse() focusWidget()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::releaseKeyboard()
+
+ Releases the keyboard grab.
+
+ \sa grabKeyboard(), grabMouse(), releaseMouse()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QWidget *QWidget::mouseGrabber()
+
+ Returns the widget that is currently grabbing the mouse input.
+
+ If no widget in this application is currently grabbing the mouse,
+ 0 is returned.
+
+ \sa grabMouse(), keyboardGrabber()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn QWidget *QWidget::keyboardGrabber()
+
+ Returns the widget that is currently grabbing the keyboard input.
+
+ If no widget in this application is currently grabbing the
+ keyboard, 0 is returned.
+
+ \sa grabMouse(), mouseGrabber()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::activateWindow()
+
+ Sets the top-level widget containing this widget to be the active
+ window.
+
+ An active window is a visible top-level window that has the
+ keyboard input focus.
+
+ This function performs the same operation as clicking the mouse on
+ the title bar of a top-level window. On X11, the result depends on
+ the Window Manager. If you want to ensure that the window is
+ stacked on top as well you should also call raise(). Note that the
+ window must be visible, otherwise activateWindow() has no effect.
+
+ On Windows, if you are calling this when the application is not
+ currently the active one then it will not make it the active
+ window. It will change the color of the taskbar entry to indicate
+ that the window has changed in some way. This is because Microsoft
+ does not allow an application to interrupt what the user is currently
+ doing in another application.
+
+ \sa isActiveWindow(), window(), show()
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn int QWidget::metric(PaintDeviceMetric m) const
+
+ Internal implementation of the virtual QPaintDevice::metric()
+ function.
+
+ \a m is the metric to get.
+*/
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setMask(const QRegion &region)
+ \overload
+
+ Causes only the parts of the widget which overlap \a region to be
+ visible. If the region includes pixels outside the rect() of the
+ widget, window system controls in that area may or may not be
+ visible, depending on the platform.
+
+ Note that this effect can be slow if the region is particularly
+ complex.
+
+ \sa windowOpacity
+*/
+void QWidget::setMask(const QRegion &newMask)
+{
+ Q_D(QWidget);
+
+ d->createExtra();
+ if (newMask == d->extra->mask)
+ return;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_BACKINGSTORE
+ const QRegion oldMask(d->extra->mask);
+#endif
+
+ d->extra->mask = newMask;
+ d->extra->hasMask = !newMask.isEmpty();
+
+#ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+ if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
+ return;
+#endif
+
+ d->setMask_sys(newMask);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_BACKINGSTORE
+ if (!isVisible())
+ return;
+
+ if (!d->extra->hasMask) {
+ // Mask was cleared; update newly exposed area.
+ QRegion expose(rect());
+ expose -= oldMask;
+ if (!expose.isEmpty()) {
+ d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+ update(expose);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (!isWindow()) {
+ // Update newly exposed area on the parent widget.
+ QRegion parentExpose(rect());
+ parentExpose -= newMask;
+ if (!parentExpose.isEmpty()) {
+ d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion();
+ parentExpose.translate(data->crect.topLeft());
+ parentWidget()->update(parentExpose);
+ }
+
+ // Update newly exposed area on this widget
+ if (!oldMask.isEmpty())
+ update(newMask - oldMask);
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::setMask(const QBitmap &bitmap)
+
+ Causes only the pixels of the widget for which \a bitmap has a
+ corresponding 1 bit to be visible. If the region includes pixels
+ outside the rect() of the widget, window system controls in that
+ area may or may not be visible, depending on the platform.
+
+ Note that this effect can be slow if the region is particularly
+ complex.
+
+ The following code shows how an image with an alpha channel can be
+ used to generate a mask for a widget:
+
+ \snippet doc/src/snippets/widget-mask/main.cpp 0
+
+ The label shown by this code is masked using the image it contains,
+ giving the appearance that an irregularly-shaped image is being drawn
+ directly onto the screen.
+
+ Masked widgets receive mouse events only on their visible
+ portions.
+
+ \sa clearMask(), windowOpacity(), {Shaped Clock Example}
+*/
+void QWidget::setMask(const QBitmap &bitmap)
+{
+ setMask(QRegion(bitmap));
+}
+
+/*!
+ \fn void QWidget::clearMask()
+
+ Removes any mask set by setMask().
+
+ \sa setMask()
+*/
+void QWidget::clearMask()
+{
+ setMask(QRegion());
+}
+
+/*! \fn const QX11Info &QWidget::x11Info() const
+ Returns information about the configuration of the X display used to display
+ the widget.
+
+ \warning This function is only available on X11.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn Qt::HANDLE QWidget::x11PictureHandle() const
+ Returns the X11 Picture handle of the widget for XRender
+ support. Use of this function is not portable. This function will
+ return 0 if XRender support is not compiled into Qt, if the
+ XRender extension is not supported on the X11 display, or if the
+ handle could not be created.
+*/
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
+void QWidgetPrivate::_q_delayedDestroy(WId winId)
+{
+ delete winId;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+void QWidgetPrivate::syncUnifiedMode() {
+ // The whole purpose of this method is to keep the unifiedToolbar in sync.
+ // That means making sure we either exchange the drawing methods or we let
+ // the toolbar know that it does not require to draw the baseline.
+ Q_Q(QWidget);
+ // This function makes sense only if this is a top level
+ if(!q->isWindow())
+ return;
+ OSWindowRef window = qt_mac_window_for(q);
+ if(changeMethods) {
+ // Ok, we are in documentMode.
+ if(originalDrawMethod)
+ qt_mac_replaceDrawRect(window, this);
+ } else {
+ if(!originalDrawMethod)
+ qt_mac_replaceDrawRectOriginal(window, this);
+ }
+}
+
+#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#include "moc_qwidget.cpp"
+
generated by cgit v1.2.3 (git 2.25.1) at 2025-12-16 12:58:47 +0000